blob: 7118d903528b3cf9972598466043bba646bae1df [file] [log] [blame]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and texi
2HXCOMM Text between STEXI and ETEXI are copied to texi version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both texi and C
8
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010STEXI
11@table @option
12ETEXI
13
14DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000015 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000016STEXI
17@item -h
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +010018@findex -h
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000019Display help and exit
20ETEXI
21
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000022DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000023 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024STEXI
25@item -version
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +010026@findex -version
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000027Display version information and exit
28ETEXI
29
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020030DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
31 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010032 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020033 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -080034 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Matt Gingell32c18a22015-11-16 10:03:06 -080035 " kernel_irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=off)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050036 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Peter Maydell96404012016-05-10 16:49:29 +010037 " kvm_shadow_mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030038 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080039 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tiejun Chen79814172015-07-15 13:37:45 +080040 " igd-passthru=on|off controls IGD GFX passthrough support (default=off)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010041 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010042 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080043 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010044 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Xiao Feng Ren274250c2017-05-17 02:48:03 +020045 " enforce-config-section=on|off enforce configuration section migration (default=off)\n"
Brijesh Singhdb588192018-03-08 06:48:38 -060046 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020047 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000048STEXI
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020049@item -machine [type=]@var{name}[,prop=@var{value}[,...]]
50@findex -machine
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010051Select the emulated machine by @var{name}. Use @code{-machine help} to list
Daniel P. Berrange8bfce832017-07-25 15:10:41 +010052available machines.
53
54For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
55across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
56type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
57``pc-i440fx-2.8'' and ``pc-q35-2.8'' for the x86_64/i686 architectures.
58
59To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
60version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the ``pc-i440fx-2.8''
61and ``pc-q35-2.8'' machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs
62to skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases
63of QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
64
65Supported machine properties are:
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020066@table @option
67@item accel=@var{accels1}[:@var{accels2}[:...]]
68This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target architecture,
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -080069kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By default, tcg is used. If there is
Thomas Huthbde4d922017-05-04 07:24:41 +020070more than one accelerator specified, the next one is used if the previous one
71fails to initialize.
Jan Kiszka6a48ffa2011-10-15 13:43:48 +020072@item kernel_irqchip=on|off
Matt Gingell32c18a22015-11-16 10:03:06 -080073Controls in-kernel irqchip support for the chosen accelerator when available.
Tiejun Chen79814172015-07-15 13:37:45 +080074@item gfx_passthru=on|off
75Enables IGD GFX passthrough support for the chosen machine when available.
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050076@item vmport=on|off|auto
77Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says to select the
78value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is off otherwise the default
79is on.
Jan Kiszka39d69602012-01-25 18:14:15 +010080@item kvm_shadow_mem=size
81Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
Jason Baronddb97f12012-08-02 15:44:16 -040082@item dump-guest-core=on|off
83Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030084@item mem-merge=on|off
85Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when supported by
86the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages among VMs instances
87(enabled by default).
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010088@item aes-key-wrap=on|off
89Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. This feature
90controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created to allow
91execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default is on.
92@item dea-key-wrap=on|off
93Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. This feature
94controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created to allow
95execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default is on.
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080096@item nvdimm=on|off
97Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
Peter Xu16f72442017-07-07 10:54:08 +080098@item enforce-config-section=on|off
99If @option{enforce-config-section} is set to @var{on}, force migration
100code to send configuration section even if the machine-type sets the
101@option{migration.send-configuration} property to @var{off}.
102NOTE: this parameter is deprecated. Please use @option{-global}
103@option{migration.send-configuration}=@var{on|off} instead.
Brijesh Singhdb588192018-03-08 06:48:38 -0600104@item memory-encryption=@var{}
105Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200106@end table
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000107ETEXI
108
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200109HXCOMM Deprecated by -machine
110DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
111
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000112DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100113 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000114STEXI
115@item -cpu @var{model}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100116@findex -cpu
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100117Select CPU model (@code{-cpu help} for list and additional feature selection)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000118ETEXI
119
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000120DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
121 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,thread=single|multi]\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800122 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300123 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000124STEXI
125@item -accel @var{name}[,prop=@var{value}[,...]]
126@findex -accel
127This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target architecture,
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800128kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By default, tcg is used. If there is
Thomas Huthbde4d922017-05-04 07:24:41 +0200129more than one accelerator specified, the next one is used if the previous one
130fails to initialize.
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000131@table @option
132@item thread=single|multi
133Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded there will be one
134thread per vCPU therefor taking advantage of additional host cores. The default
135is to enable multi-threading where both the back-end and front-ends support it and
136no incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g. icount/replay).
137@end table
138ETEXI
139
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000140DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Michael Tokarev12b7f572013-06-24 15:06:52 +0400141 "-smp [cpus=]n[,maxcpus=cpus][,cores=cores][,threads=threads][,sockets=sockets]\n"
Jes Sorensen6be68d72009-07-23 17:03:42 +0200142 " set the number of CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
143 " maxcpus= maximum number of total cpus, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700144 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Andre Przywara58a04db2009-08-28 10:49:57 +0200145 " cores= number of CPU cores on one socket\n"
146 " threads= number of threads on one CPU core\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000147 " sockets= number of discrete sockets in the system\n",
148 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000149STEXI
Michael Tokarev12b7f572013-06-24 15:06:52 +0400150@item -smp [cpus=]@var{n}[,cores=@var{cores}][,threads=@var{threads}][,sockets=@var{sockets}][,maxcpus=@var{maxcpus}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100151@findex -smp
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000152Simulate an SMP system with @var{n} CPUs. On the PC target, up to 255
153CPUs are supported. On Sparc32 target, Linux limits the number of usable CPUs
154to 4.
Andre Przywara58a04db2009-08-28 10:49:57 +0200155For the PC target, the number of @var{cores} per socket, the number
156of @var{threads} per cores and the total number of @var{sockets} can be
157specified. Missing values will be computed. If any on the three values is
158given, the total number of CPUs @var{n} can be omitted. @var{maxcpus}
159specifies the maximum number of hotpluggable CPUs.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000160ETEXI
161
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000162DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Eduardo Habkoste0ee9fd2017-01-23 16:06:31 -0200163 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node]\n"
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800164 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100165 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
166 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n",
167 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000168STEXI
Eduardo Habkoste0ee9fd2017-01-23 16:06:31 -0200169@item -numa node[,mem=@var{size}][,cpus=@var{firstcpu}[-@var{lastcpu}]][,nodeid=@var{node}]
170@itemx -numa node[,memdev=@var{id}][,cpus=@var{firstcpu}[-@var{lastcpu}]][,nodeid=@var{node}]
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800171@itemx -numa dist,src=@var{source},dst=@var{destination},val=@var{distance}
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200172@itemx -numa cpu,node-id=@var{node}[,socket-id=@var{x}][,core-id=@var{y}][,thread-id=@var{z}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100173@findex -numa
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200174Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it.
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800175Set the NUMA distance from a source node to a destination node.
Paolo Bonzini7febe362014-05-14 17:43:17 +0800176
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200177Legacy VCPU assignment uses @samp{cpus} option where
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200178@var{firstcpu} and @var{lastcpu} are CPU indexes. Each
179@samp{cpus} option represent a contiguous range of CPU indexes
180(or a single VCPU if @var{lastcpu} is omitted). A non-contiguous
181set of VCPUs can be represented by providing multiple @samp{cpus}
182options. If @samp{cpus} is omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically
183split between them.
184
185For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to
186a NUMA node:
187@example
188-numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
189@end example
190
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200191@samp{cpu} option is a new alternative to @samp{cpus} option
192which uses @samp{socket-id|core-id|thread-id} properties to assign
193CPU objects to a @var{node} using topology layout properties of CPU.
194The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
195machine type/@samp{smp} options. It could be queried with
196@samp{hotpluggable-cpus} monitor command.
197@samp{node-id} property specifies @var{node} to which CPU object
198will be assigned, it's required for @var{node} to be declared
199with @samp{node} option before it's used with @samp{cpu} option.
200
201For example:
202@example
203-M pc \
204-smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
205-numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
206-numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
207@end example
208
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200209@samp{mem} assigns a given RAM amount to a node. @samp{memdev}
210assigns RAM from a given memory backend device to a node. If
211@samp{mem} and @samp{memdev} are omitted in all nodes, RAM is
212split equally between them.
213
214@samp{mem} and @samp{memdev} are mutually exclusive. Furthermore,
215if one node uses @samp{memdev}, all of them have to use it.
216
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800217@var{source} and @var{destination} are NUMA node IDs.
218@var{distance} is the NUMA distance from @var{source} to @var{destination}.
219The distance from a node to itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is
220given a distance, then all pairs must be given distances. Although, when
221distances are only given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then
222the distances in the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If,
223however, an asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node
224pair, then all node pairs must be provided distance values for both
225directions, even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable
226from another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
227
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200228Note that the -@option{numa} option doesn't allocate any of the
229specified resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA
230nodes. This means that one still has to use the @option{-m},
231@option{-smp} options to allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
232
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000233ETEXI
234
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100235DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
236 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
237 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
238STEXI
239@item -add-fd fd=@var{fd},set=@var{set}[,opaque=@var{opaque}]
240@findex -add-fd
241
242Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
243
244@table @option
245@item fd=@var{fd}
246This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is added to fd set.
247The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or stderr.
248@item set=@var{set}
249This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file descriptor to.
250@item opaque=@var{opaque}
251This option defines a free-form string that can be used to describe @var{fd}.
252@end table
253
254You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd set:
255@example
256qemu-system-i386
257-add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file"
258-add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file"
259-drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
260@end example
261ETEXI
262
263DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
264 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
265 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
266 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
267STEXI
268@item -set @var{group}.@var{id}.@var{arg}=@var{value}
269@findex -set
Michael Tokareve1f3b972016-10-16 17:21:37 +0300270Set parameter @var{arg} for item @var{id} of type @var{group}
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100271ETEXI
272
273DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200274 "-global driver.property=value\n"
275 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100276 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
277 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
278STEXI
279@item -global @var{driver}.@var{prop}=@var{value}
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200280@itemx -global driver=@var{driver},property=@var{property},value=@var{value}
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100281@findex -global
282Set default value of @var{driver}'s property @var{prop} to @var{value}, e.g.:
283
284@example
Markus Armbruster1c9f3b82017-05-09 11:41:15 +0200285qemu-system-i386 -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100286@end example
287
Michael Tokareva295d242017-09-23 19:31:59 +0300288In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices which are
289created automatically by the machine model. To create a device which is not
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100290created automatically and set properties on it, use -@option{device}.
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200291
Markus Armbrusterae08fd52015-06-15 14:35:58 +0200292-global @var{driver}.@var{prop}=@var{value} is shorthand for -global
293driver=@var{driver},property=@var{prop},value=@var{value}. The
294longhand syntax works even when @var{driver} contains a dot.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100295ETEXI
296
297DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
298 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800299 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100300 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
301 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
302 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
303 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
304 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
305STEXI
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800306@item -boot [order=@var{drives}][,once=@var{drives}][,menu=on|off][,splash=@var{sp_name}][,splash-time=@var{sp_time}][,reboot-timeout=@var{rb_timeout}][,strict=on|off]
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100307@findex -boot
308Specify boot order @var{drives} as a string of drive letters. Valid
Gongleid274e072015-07-03 17:50:57 +0800309drive letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100310(floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p (Etherboot
311from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default. To apply a
312particular boot order only on the first startup, specify it via
Thomas Huthc0d9f7d2017-02-28 18:40:01 +0100313@option{once}. Note that the @option{order} or @option{once} parameter
314should not be used together with the @option{bootindex} property of
315devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support both
316at the same time.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100317
318Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via @option{menu=on} as far
319as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
320
321A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it as logo,
322when option splash=@var{sp_name} is given and menu=on, If firmware/BIOS
323supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system support it.
324limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a BMP file in 24 BPP
325format(true color). The resolution should be supported by the SVGA mode, so
326the recommended is 320x240, 640x480, 800x640.
327
328A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for @var{rb_timeout} ms
329when boot failed, then reboot. If @var{rb_timeout} is '-1', guest will not
330reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios for X86
331system support it.
332
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800333Do strict boot via @option{strict=on} as far as firmware/BIOS
334supports it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by
335bootindex options. The default is non-strict boot.
336
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100337@example
338# try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
339qemu-system-i386 -boot order=nc
340# boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
341qemu-system-i386 -boot once=d
342# boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
343qemu-system-i386 -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
344@end example
345
346Note: The legacy format '-boot @var{drives}' is still supported but its
347use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
348ETEXI
349
350DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300351 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100352 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200353 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200354 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400355 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
356 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100357 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100358STEXI
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500359@item -m [size=]@var{megs}[,slots=n,maxmem=size]
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100360@findex -m
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500361Sets guest startup RAM size to @var{megs} megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
362Optionally, a suffix of ``M'' or ``G'' can be used to signify a value in
363megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair @var{slots}, @var{maxmem}
364could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum amount of
365memory. Note that @var{maxmem} must be aligned to the page size.
366
367For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM size to
3681GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets the maximum
369memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
370
371@example
372qemu-system-x86_64 -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
373@end example
374
375If @var{slots} and @var{maxmem} are not specified, memory hotplug won't
376be enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100377ETEXI
378
379DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
380 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
381STEXI
382@item -mem-path @var{path}
383@findex -mem-path
384Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in @var{path}.
385ETEXI
386
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100387DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
388 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
389 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
390STEXI
391@item -mem-prealloc
392@findex -mem-prealloc
393Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
394ETEXI
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100395
396DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
397 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
398 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
399STEXI
400@item -k @var{language}
401@findex -k
402Use keyboard layout @var{language} (for example @code{fr} for
403French). This option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC
Samuel Thibault32945472016-06-22 17:48:31 +0200404keycodes (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100405display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or PC/Windows
406hosts.
407
408The available layouts are:
409@example
410ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
411da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
412de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
413@end example
414
415The default is @code{en-us}.
416ETEXI
417
418
419DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
420 "-audio-help print list of audio drivers and their options\n",
421 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
422STEXI
423@item -audio-help
424@findex -audio-help
425Will show the audio subsystem help: list of drivers, tunable
426parameters.
427ETEXI
428
429DEF("soundhw", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_soundhw,
430 "-soundhw c1,... enable audio support\n"
431 " and only specified sound cards (comma separated list)\n"
432 " use '-soundhw help' to get the list of supported cards\n"
433 " use '-soundhw all' to enable all of them\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
434STEXI
435@item -soundhw @var{card1}[,@var{card2},...] or -soundhw all
436@findex -soundhw
437Enable audio and selected sound hardware. Use 'help' to print all
438available sound hardware.
439
440@example
441qemu-system-i386 -soundhw sb16,adlib disk.img
442qemu-system-i386 -soundhw es1370 disk.img
443qemu-system-i386 -soundhw ac97 disk.img
444qemu-system-i386 -soundhw hda disk.img
445qemu-system-i386 -soundhw all disk.img
446qemu-system-i386 -soundhw help
447@end example
448
449Note that Linux's i810_audio OSS kernel (for AC97) module might
450require manually specifying clocking.
451
452@example
453modprobe i810_audio clocking=48000
454@end example
455ETEXI
456
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100457DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
458 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
459 " add device (based on driver)\n"
460 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
461 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
462 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
463 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
464STEXI
465@item -device @var{driver}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
466@findex -device
467Add device @var{driver}. @var{prop}=@var{value} sets driver
468properties. Valid properties depend on the driver. To get help on
469possible drivers and properties, use @code{-device help} and
470@code{-device @var{driver},help}.
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600471
472Some drivers are:
Cédric Le Goater540c07d2017-04-05 14:41:32 +0200473@item -device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=@var{id}[,slave_addr=@var{val}][,sdrfile=@var{file}][,furareasize=@var{val}][,furdatafile=@var{file}]
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600474
475Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
476interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides
477a watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system.
478You need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
479
480The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
481This address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
482controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
483it.
484
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200485@table @option
486@item bmc=@var{id}
487The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
488@item slave_addr=@var{val}
489Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
490@item sdrfile=@var{file}
Cédric Le Goater540c07d2017-04-05 14:41:32 +0200491file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default is none.
492@item fruareasize=@var{val}
493size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is 1024.
494@item frudatafile=@var{file}
495file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data. The default is none.
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200496@end table
497
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600498@item -device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{id}[,slave_addr=@var{val}]
499
500Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
501locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect
502to an external entity that provides the IPMI services.
503
504A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this, it
505is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev option
506to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note that if
507this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as the
508interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off the VM.
509It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external simulator running
510on a secure port on localhost, so neither the simulator nor QEMU is
511exposed to any outside network.
512
513See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
514details on the external interface.
515
516@item -device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=@var{id}[,ioport=@var{val}][,irq=@var{val}]
517
518Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
519corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
520
521@table @option
522@item bmc=@var{id}
523The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
524@item ioport=@var{val}
525Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0 for KCS.
526@item irq=@var{val}
527Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable interrupts,
528set this to 0.
529@end table
530
531@item -device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=@var{id}[,ioport=@var{val}][,irq=@var{val}]
532
533Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port is
5340xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
535
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100536ETEXI
537
538DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000539 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100540 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +0300541 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
542 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000543 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100544 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
545STEXI
546@item -name @var{name}
547@findex -name
548Sets the @var{name} of the guest.
549This name will be displayed in the SDL window caption.
550The @var{name} will also be used for the VNC server.
551Also optionally set the top visible process name in Linux.
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000552Naming of individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100553ETEXI
554
555DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
556 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
557 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
558STEXI
559@item -uuid @var{uuid}
560@findex -uuid
561Set system UUID.
562ETEXI
563
564STEXI
565@end table
566ETEXI
567DEFHEADING()
568
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200569DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100570STEXI
571@table @option
572ETEXI
573
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000574DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000575 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
576DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000577STEXI
578@item -fda @var{file}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +0200579@itemx -fdb @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100580@findex -fda
581@findex -fdb
Markus Armbruster92a539d2015-03-17 17:02:20 +0100582Use @var{file} as floppy disk 0/1 image (@pxref{disk_images}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000583ETEXI
584
585DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000586 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
587DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000588DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000589 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
590DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000591STEXI
592@item -hda @var{file}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +0200593@itemx -hdb @var{file}
594@itemx -hdc @var{file}
595@itemx -hdd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100596@findex -hda
597@findex -hdb
598@findex -hdc
599@findex -hdd
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000600Use @var{file} as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (@pxref{disk_images}).
601ETEXI
602
603DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000604 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
605 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000606STEXI
607@item -cdrom @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100608@findex -cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000609Use @var{file} as CD-ROM image (you cannot use @option{-hdc} and
610@option{-cdrom} at the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by
611using @file{/dev/cdrom} as filename (@pxref{host_drives}).
612ETEXI
613
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100614DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
615 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
616 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
617 " [,read-only=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
618 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
619 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200620STEXI
621@item -blockdev @var{option}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
622@findex -blockdev
623
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200624Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all block drivers,
625other options are only accepted for a specific block driver. See below for a
626list of generic options and options for the most common block drivers.
627
628Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. @code{file}) can be
629given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already existing node
630(file=@var{node-name}), or you define a new node inline, adding options
631for the referenced node after a dot (file.filename=@var{path},file.aio=native).
632
633A block driver node created with @option{-blockdev} can be used for a guest
634device by specifying its node name for the @code{drive} property in a
635@option{-device} argument that defines a block device.
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200636
637@table @option
638@item Valid options for any block driver node:
639
640@table @code
641@item driver
642Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
643@item node-name
644This defines the name of the block driver node by which it will be referenced
645later. The name must be unique, i.e. it must not match the name of a different
646block driver node, or (if you use @option{-drive} as well) the ID of a drive.
647
648If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated. The generated node
649name is not intended to be predictable and changes between QEMU invocations.
650For the top level, an explicit node name must be specified.
651@item read-only
652Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
653@item cache.direct
654The host page cache can be avoided with @option{cache.direct=on}. This will
655attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's memory. QEMU may still perform an
656internal copy of the data.
657@item cache.no-flush
658In case you don't care about data integrity over host failures, you can use
659@option{cache.no-flush=on}. This option tells QEMU that it never needs to write
660any data to the disk but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
661wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting disconnected
662accidentally, etc. your image will most probably be rendered unusable.
663@item discard=@var{discard}
664@var{discard} is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on") and controls
665whether @code{discard} (also known as @code{trim} or @code{unmap}) requests are
666ignored or passed to the filesystem. Some machine types may not support
667discard requests.
668@item detect-zeroes=@var{detect-zeroes}
669@var{detect-zeroes} is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the automatic
670conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to driver specific optimized
671zero write commands. You may even choose "unmap" if @var{discard} is set
672to "unmap" to allow a zero write to be converted to an @code{unmap} operation.
673@end table
674
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200675@item Driver-specific options for @code{file}
676
677This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular files.
678
679@table @code
680@item filename
681The path to the image file in the local filesystem
682@item aio
683Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native, default: threads)
Fam Zheng1878eaf2017-11-24 16:53:51 +0800684@item locking
685Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD / POSIX locks. The
686default is to use the Linux Open File Descriptor API if available, otherwise no
687lock is applied. (auto/on/off, default: auto)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200688@end table
689Example:
690@example
691-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
692@end example
693
694@item Driver-specific options for @code{raw}
695
696This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is usually
697stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as @code{file}.
698
699@table @code
700@item file
701Reference to or definition of the data source block driver node
702(e.g. a @code{file} driver node)
703@end table
704Example 1:
705@example
706-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
707-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
708@end example
709Example 2:
710@example
711-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
712@end example
713
714@item Driver-specific options for @code{qcow2}
715
716This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is usually
717stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as @code{file}.
718
719@table @code
720@item file
721Reference to or definition of the data source block driver node
722(e.g. a @code{file} driver node)
723
724@item backing
725Reference to or definition of the backing file block device (default is taken
Max Reitz4f7be282018-02-24 16:40:33 +0100726from the image file). It is allowed to pass @code{null} here in order to disable
727the default backing file.
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200728
729@item lazy-refcounts
730Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off; default is taken from the
731image file)
732
733@item cache-size
734The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block caches in bytes
Leonid Bloch40fb2152018-09-26 19:04:39 +0300735(default: the sum of l2-cache-size and refcount-cache-size)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200736
737@item l2-cache-size
738The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes
Leonid Bloch80668d02018-09-26 19:04:44 +0300739(default: if cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M on
740non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible within the cache-size,
741while permitting the requested or the minimal refcount cache size)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200742
743@item refcount-cache-size
744The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
Leonid Bloch40fb2152018-09-26 19:04:39 +0300745(default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is specified, the part of
746it which is not used for the L2 cache)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200747
748@item cache-clean-interval
749Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The interval is in seconds.
Leonid Bloche3a7b452018-09-29 12:54:54 +0300750The default value is 600 on supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms.
751Setting it to 0 disables this feature.
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200752
753@item pass-discard-request
754Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be forwarded to the data
755source (on/off; default: on if discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
756
757@item pass-discard-snapshot
758Whether discard requests for the data source should be issued when a snapshot
759operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot) frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off;
760default: on)
761
762@item pass-discard-other
763Whether discard requests for the data source should be issued on other
764occasions where a cluster gets freed (on/off; default: off)
765
766@item overlap-check
767Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
768(none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or finer
769granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of @code{blockdev-add}.
770@end table
771
772Example 1:
773@example
774-blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
775-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
776@end example
777Example 2:
778@example
779-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
780@end example
781
782@item Driver-specific options for other drivers
783Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the @code{blockdev-add} QMP command.
784
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200785@end table
786
787ETEXI
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100788
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000789DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
790 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +0100791 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +0200792 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczid1db7602014-04-23 13:55:37 +0200793 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name][,aio=threads|native]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +0000794 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +0200795 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +0200796 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
797 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
798 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
799 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +0200800 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +0200801 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000802 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000803STEXI
804@item -drive @var{option}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100805@findex -drive
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000806
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200807Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the backend) as
808well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for defining the corresponding
809@option{-blockdev} and @option{-device} options.
810
811@option{-drive} accepts all options that are accepted by @option{-blockdev}. In
812addition, it knows the following options:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000813
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +0200814@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000815@item file=@var{file}
816This option defines which disk image (@pxref{disk_images}) to use with
817this drive. If the filename contains comma, you must double it
818(for instance, "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
Ronnie Sahlberg0f5314a2011-10-26 23:51:37 +1100819
820Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using protocol
821specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax" for more information.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000822@item if=@var{interface}
823This option defines on which type on interface the drive is connected.
Craig Jellicked1fcd02017-03-17 08:49:55 -0700824Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy, pflash, virtio, none.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000825@item bus=@var{bus},unit=@var{unit}
826These options define where is connected the drive by defining the bus number and
827the unit id.
828@item index=@var{index}
829This option defines where is connected the drive by using an index in the list
830of available connectors of a given interface type.
831@item media=@var{media}
832This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000833@item snapshot=@var{snapshot}
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +0400834@var{snapshot} is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the given drive
835(see @option{-snapshot}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000836@item cache=@var{cache}
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200837@var{cache} is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or "writethrough"
838and controls how the host cache is used to access block data. This is a
839shortcut that sets the @option{cache.direct} and @option{cache.no-flush}
840options (as in @option{-blockdev}), and additionally @option{cache.writeback},
841which provides a default for the @option{write-cache} option of block guest
842devices (as in @option{-device}). The modes correspond to the following
843settings:
844
845@c Our texi2pod.pl script doesn't support @multitable, so fall back to using
846@c plain ASCII art (well, UTF-8 art really). This looks okay both in the manpage
847@c and the HTML output.
848@example
849@ │ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
850─────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────
851writeback │ on off off
852none │ on on off
853writethrough │ off off off
854directsync │ off on off
855unsafe │ on off on
856@end example
857
858The default mode is @option{cache=writeback}.
859
Christoph Hellwig5c6c3a62009-08-20 16:58:35 +0200860@item aio=@var{aio}
861@var{aio} is "threads", or "native" and selects between pthread based disk I/O and native Linux AIO.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000862@item format=@var{format}
863Specify which disk @var{format} will be used rather than detecting
Michael Tokarevd33c8a72016-05-18 15:47:53 +0300864the format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000865an untrusted format header.
Luiz Capitulinoae73e592011-07-12 17:35:08 -0300866@item werror=@var{action},rerror=@var{action}
867Specify which @var{action} to take on write and read errors. Valid actions are:
868"ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue), "stop" (pause QEMU),
869"report" (report the error to the guest), "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the
870host disk is full; report the error to the guest otherwise).
871The default setting is @option{werror=enospc} and @option{rerror=report}.
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +0000872@item copy-on-read=@var{copy-on-read}
873@var{copy-on-read} is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read backing
874file sectors into the image file.
Stefan Hajnoczi01f9cfa2017-03-01 11:50:24 +0000875@item bps=@var{b},bps_rd=@var{r},bps_wr=@var{w}
876Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either for all request
877types or for reads or writes only. Small values can lead to timeouts or hangs
878inside the guest. A safe minimum for disks is 2 MB/s.
879@item bps_max=@var{bm},bps_rd_max=@var{rm},bps_wr_max=@var{wm}
880Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types or for reads
881or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
882temporarily.
883@item iops=@var{i},iops_rd=@var{r},iops_wr=@var{w}
884Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for all request
885types or for reads or writes only.
886@item iops_max=@var{bm},iops_rd_max=@var{rm},iops_wr_max=@var{wm}
887Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request types or for reads
888or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
889temporarily.
890@item iops_size=@var{is}
891Let every @var{is} bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
892throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from circumventing iops
893limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
894@item group=@var{g}
895Join a throttling quota group with given name @var{g}. All drives that are
896members of the same group are accounted for together. Use this option to
897prevent guests from circumventing throttling limits by using many small disks
898instead of a single larger disk.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000899@end table
900
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200901By default, the @option{cache.writeback=on} mode is used. It will report data
Kevin Wolfa13e5e02012-11-21 12:26:56 +0100902writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host page cache.
903This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to correctly flush disk caches
904where needed. If your guest OS does not handle volatile disk write caches
905correctly and your host crashes or loses power, then the guest may experience
906data corruption.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000907
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200908For such guests, you should consider using @option{cache.writeback=off}. This
Kevin Wolfa13e5e02012-11-21 12:26:56 +0100909means that the host page cache will be used to read and write data, but write
910notification will be sent to the guest only after QEMU has made sure to flush
911each write to the disk. Be aware that this has a major impact on performance.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000912
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200913When using the @option{-snapshot} option, unsafe caching is always used.
Alexander Graf016f5cf2010-05-26 17:51:49 +0200914
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +0000915Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors repeatedly and is
916useful when the backing file is over a slow network. By default copy-on-read
917is off.
918
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000919Instead of @option{-cdrom} you can use:
920@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +0200921qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000922@end example
923
924Instead of @option{-hda}, @option{-hdb}, @option{-hdc}, @option{-hdd}, you can
925use:
926@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +0200927qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
928qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
929qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
930qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000931@end example
932
Corey Bryant587ed6b2012-10-18 15:19:34 -0400933You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd set:
934@example
935qemu-system-i386
936-add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file"
937-add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file"
938-drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
939@end example
940
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000941You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
942@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +0200943qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000944@end example
945
946If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty drive:
947@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +0200948qemu-system-i386 -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000949@end example
950
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000951Instead of @option{-fda}, @option{-fdb}, you can use:
952@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +0200953qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
954qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000955@end example
956
957By default, @var{interface} is "ide" and @var{index} is automatically
958incremented:
959@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +0200960qemu-system-i386 -drive file=a -drive file=b"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000961@end example
962is interpreted like:
963@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +0200964qemu-system-i386 -hda a -hdb b
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000965@end example
966ETEXI
967
968DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000969 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
970 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000971STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +0200972@item -mtdblock @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100973@findex -mtdblock
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +0200974Use @var{file} as on-board Flash memory image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000975ETEXI
976
977DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000978 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000979STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +0200980@item -sd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100981@findex -sd
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +0200982Use @var{file} as SecureDigital card image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000983ETEXI
984
985DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000986 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000987STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +0200988@item -pflash @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100989@findex -pflash
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +0200990Use @var{file} as a parallel flash image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000991ETEXI
992
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000993DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000994 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
995 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000996STEXI
997@item -snapshot
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100998@findex -snapshot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000999Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1000the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however force
1001the write back by pressing @key{C-a s} (@pxref{disk_images}).
1002ETEXI
1003
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301004DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301005 "-fsdev fsdriver,id=id[,path=path,][security_model={mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none}]\n"
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001006 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,socket=socket|sock_fd=sock_fd][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001007 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1008 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1009 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1010 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
1011 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301012 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1013
1014STEXI
1015
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001016@item -fsdev @var{fsdriver},id=@var{id},path=@var{path},[security_model=@var{security_model}][,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly][,socket=@var{socket}|sock_fd=@var{sock_fd}][,fmode=@var{fmode}][,dmode=@var{dmode}]
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301017@findex -fsdev
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301018Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1019@table @option
1020@item @var{fsdriver}
1021This option specifies the fs driver backend to use.
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001022Currently "local" and "proxy" file system drivers are supported.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301023@item id=@var{id}
1024Specifies identifier for this device
1025@item path=@var{path}
1026Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files under
1027this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1028@item security_model=@var{security_model}
1029Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301030Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", "mapped-file" and "none".
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301031In "passthrough" security model, files are stored using the same
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001032credentials as they are created on the guest. This requires QEMU
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301033to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" security model, some of the file
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301034attributes like uid, gid, mode bits and link target are stored as
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301035file attributes. For "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the
1036hidden .virtfs_metadata directory. Directories exported by this security model cannot
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301037interact with other unix tools. "none" security model is same as
1038passthrough except the sever won't report failures if it fails to
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301039set file attributes like ownership. Security model is mandatory
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001040only for local fsdriver. Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301041security model as a parameter.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301042@item writeout=@var{writeout}
1043This is an optional argument. The only supported value is "immediate".
1044This means that host page cache will be used to read and write data but
1045write notification will be sent to the guest only when the data has been
1046reported as written by the storage subsystem.
M. Mohan Kumar2c74c2c2011-10-25 12:10:39 +05301047@item readonly
1048Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By default
1049read-write access is given.
M. Mohan Kumar84a87cc2011-12-14 13:58:47 +05301050@item socket=@var{socket}
1051Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for communicating
1052with virtfs-proxy-helper
M. Mohan Kumarf67e3ff2011-12-14 13:58:46 +05301053@item sock_fd=@var{sock_fd}
1054Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor for
1055communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper. Usually a helper like libvirt
1056will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as sock_fd
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001057@item fmode=@var{fmode}
1058Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. Works only
1059with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
1060@item dmode=@var{dmode}
1061Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the host. Works
1062only with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301063@end table
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301064
1065-fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-pci".
1066@item -device virtio-9p-pci,fsdev=@var{id},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
1067Options for virtio-9p-pci driver are:
1068@table @option
1069@item fsdev=@var{id}
1070Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option
1071@item mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
1072Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this export point
1073@end table
1074
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301075ETEXI
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301076
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301077DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301078 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=[mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none]\n"
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001079 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,socket=socket|sock_fd=sock_fd][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301080 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1081
1082STEXI
1083
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001084@item -virtfs @var{fsdriver}[,path=@var{path}],mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}[,security_model=@var{security_model}][,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly][,socket=@var{socket}|sock_fd=@var{sock_fd}][,fmode=@var{fmode}][,dmode=@var{dmode}]
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301085@findex -virtfs
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301086
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301087The general form of a Virtual File system pass-through options are:
1088@table @option
1089@item @var{fsdriver}
1090This option specifies the fs driver backend to use.
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001091Currently "local" and "proxy" file system drivers are supported.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301092@item id=@var{id}
1093Specifies identifier for this device
1094@item path=@var{path}
1095Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files under
1096this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1097@item security_model=@var{security_model}
1098Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301099Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", "mapped-file" and "none".
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301100In "passthrough" security model, files are stored using the same
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001101credentials as they are created on the guest. This requires QEMU
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301102to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" security model, some of the file
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301103attributes like uid, gid, mode bits and link target are stored as
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301104file attributes. For "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the
1105hidden .virtfs_metadata directory. Directories exported by this security model cannot
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301106interact with other unix tools. "none" security model is same as
1107passthrough except the sever won't report failures if it fails to
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301108set file attributes like ownership. Security model is mandatory only
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001109for local fsdriver. Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301110model as a parameter.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301111@item writeout=@var{writeout}
1112This is an optional argument. The only supported value is "immediate".
1113This means that host page cache will be used to read and write data but
1114write notification will be sent to the guest only when the data has been
1115reported as written by the storage subsystem.
M. Mohan Kumar2c74c2c2011-10-25 12:10:39 +05301116@item readonly
1117Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By default
1118read-write access is given.
M. Mohan Kumar84a87cc2011-12-14 13:58:47 +05301119@item socket=@var{socket}
1120Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1121communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper. Usually a helper like libvirt
1122will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as sock_fd
M. Mohan Kumarf67e3ff2011-12-14 13:58:46 +05301123@item sock_fd
1124Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock_fd' as the socket
1125descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001126@item fmode=@var{fmode}
1127Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. Works only
1128with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
1129@item dmode=@var{dmode}
1130Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the host. Works
1131only with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301132@end table
1133ETEXI
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301134
Aneesh Kumar K.V9db221a2011-10-25 12:10:40 +05301135DEF("virtfs_synth", 0, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs_synth,
1136 "-virtfs_synth Create synthetic file system image\n",
1137 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1138STEXI
1139@item -virtfs_synth
1140@findex -virtfs_synth
1141Create synthetic file system image
1142ETEXI
1143
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001144DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
1145 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
1146 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
1147 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1148 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1149 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1150
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001151STEXI
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001152@item -iscsi
1153@findex -iscsi
1154Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1155ETEXI
1156
1157STEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001158@end table
1159ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001160DEFHEADING()
1161
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001162DEFHEADING(USB options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001163STEXI
1164@table @option
1165ETEXI
1166
1167DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001168 "-usb enable the USB driver (if it is not used by default yet)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001169 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1170STEXI
1171@item -usb
1172@findex -usb
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001173Enable the USB driver (if it is not used by default yet).
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001174ETEXI
1175
1176DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1177 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1178 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1179STEXI
1180
1181@item -usbdevice @var{devname}
1182@findex -usbdevice
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001183Add the USB device @var{devname}. Note that this option is deprecated,
1184please use @code{-device usb-...} instead. @xref{usb_devices}.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001185
1186@table @option
1187
1188@item mouse
1189Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1190
1191@item tablet
1192Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a touchscreen). This
1193means QEMU is able to report the mouse position without having to grab the
1194mouse. Also overrides the PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1195
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001196@item braille
1197Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille output on a real
1198or fake device.
1199
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001200@end table
1201ETEXI
1202
1203STEXI
1204@end table
1205ETEXI
1206DEFHEADING()
1207
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001208DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001209STEXI
1210@table @option
1211ETEXI
1212
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001213DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001214 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001215 "-display sdl[,frame=on|off][,alt_grab=on|off][,ctrl_grab=on|off]\n"
Elie Tournier4867e472018-04-13 14:58:42 +01001216 " [,window_close=on|off][,gl=on|core|es|off]\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001217 "-display gtk[,grab_on_hover=on|off][,gl=on|off]|\n"
1218 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
1219 "-display curses\n"
Erik Skultety144aaa92018-11-16 11:14:44 +01001220 "-display none\n"
1221 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001222 " select display type\n"
1223 "The default display is equivalent to\n"
1224#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
1225 "\t\"-display gtk\"\n"
1226#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
1227 "\t\"-display sdl\"\n"
1228#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
1229 "\t\"-display cocoa\"\n"
1230#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1231 "\t\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
1232#else
1233 "\t\"-display none\"\n"
1234#endif
1235 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001236STEXI
1237@item -display @var{type}
1238@findex -display
1239Select type of display to use. This option is a replacement for the
1240old style -sdl/-curses/... options. Valid values for @var{type} are
1241@table @option
1242@item sdl
1243Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
1244window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
1245@item curses
1246Display video output via curses. For graphics device models which
1247support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
1248curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
1249device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not support
1250a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models support text mode.
Jes Sorensen4171d322011-03-16 13:33:32 +01001251@item none
1252Do not display video output. The guest will still see an emulated
1253graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to the QEMU
1254user. This option differs from the -nographic option in that it
1255only affects what is done with video output; -nographic also changes
1256the destination of the serial and parallel port data.
Jan Kiszka881249c2014-03-12 08:33:50 +01001257@item gtk
1258Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides drop-down
1259menus and other UI elements to configure and control the VM during
1260runtime.
Jes Sorensen3264ff12011-03-16 13:33:33 +01001261@item vnc
1262Start a VNC server on display <arg>
Erik Skultety144aaa92018-11-16 11:14:44 +01001263@item egl-headless
1264Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any graphical display,
1265this display needs to be paired with either VNC or SPICE displays.
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001266@item spice-app
1267Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
1268application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles and
1269QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001270@end table
1271ETEXI
1272
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001273DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001274 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
1275 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001276STEXI
1277@item -nographic
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001278@findex -nographic
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001279Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1280output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1281window. With this option, you can totally disable graphical output so
1282that QEMU is a simple command line application. The emulated serial port
1283is redirected on the console and muxed with the monitor (unless
1284redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you can still use QEMU to
1285debug a Linux kernel with a serial console. Use @key{C-a h} for help on
1286switching between the console and monitor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001287ETEXI
1288
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001289DEF("curses", 0, QEMU_OPTION_curses,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001290 "-curses shorthand for -display curses\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001291 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001292STEXI
1293@item -curses
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01001294@findex -curses
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001295Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1296output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1297window. With this option, QEMU can display the VGA output when in text
1298mode using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed in graphical
1299mode.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001300ETEXI
1301
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001302DEF("alt-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_alt_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001303 "-alt-grab use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1304 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001305STEXI
1306@item -alt-grab
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001307@findex -alt-grab
Brad Hardsde1db2a2011-04-29 21:46:12 +10001308Use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this also
1309affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode switching, etc).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001310ETEXI
1311
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001312DEF("ctrl-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_ctrl_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001313 "-ctrl-grab use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1314 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001315STEXI
1316@item -ctrl-grab
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001317@findex -ctrl-grab
Brad Hardsde1db2a2011-04-29 21:46:12 +10001318Use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this also
1319affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode switching, etc).
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001320ETEXI
1321
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001322DEF("no-quit", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_quit,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001323 "-no-quit disable SDL window close capability\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001324STEXI
1325@item -no-quit
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001326@findex -no-quit
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001327Disable SDL window close capability.
1328ETEXI
1329
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001330DEF("sdl", 0, QEMU_OPTION_sdl,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001331 "-sdl shorthand for -display sdl\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001332STEXI
1333@item -sdl
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001334@findex -sdl
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001335Enable SDL.
1336ETEXI
1337
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001338DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001339 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
1340 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
1341 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Marc-André Lureaufe4831b2015-01-13 17:57:51 +01001342 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr][,ipv4|ipv6|unix]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001343 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
1344 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
1345 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
1346 " [,sasl][,password=<secret>][,disable-ticketing]\n"
1347 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
1348 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
1349 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
1350 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02001351 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
1352 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04001353 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001354 " enable spice\n"
1355 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
1356 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001357STEXI
1358@item -spice @var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]
1359@findex -spice
1360Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
1361
1362@table @option
1363
1364@item port=<nr>
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001365Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001366
Gerd Hoffmann333b0ee2010-08-27 14:29:16 +02001367@item addr=<addr>
1368Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any address.
1369
1370@item ipv4
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001371@itemx ipv6
1372@itemx unix
Gerd Hoffmann333b0ee2010-08-27 14:29:16 +02001373Force using the specified IP version.
1374
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001375@item password=<secret>
1376Set the password you need to authenticate.
1377
Marc-André Lureau48b3ed02011-05-17 10:40:33 +02001378@item sasl
1379Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
1380The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled from the
1381system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' service. This
1382is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an
1383unprivileged user, an environment variable SASL_CONF_PATH can be used
1384to make it search alternate locations for the service config.
1385While some SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
1386it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and
1387'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This
1388ensures a data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
1389credentials.
1390
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001391@item disable-ticketing
1392Allow client connects without authentication.
1393
Hans de Goeded4970b02011-03-27 16:43:54 +02001394@item disable-copy-paste
1395Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
1396
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02001397@item disable-agent-file-xfer
1398Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the guest.
1399
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001400@item tls-port=<nr>
1401Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
1402
1403@item x509-dir=<dir>
1404Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc $display,x509=$dir
1405
1406@item x509-key-file=<file>
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001407@itemx x509-key-password=<file>
1408@itemx x509-cert-file=<file>
1409@itemx x509-cacert-file=<file>
1410@itemx x509-dh-key-file=<file>
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001411The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
1412
1413@item tls-ciphers=<list>
1414Specify which ciphers to use.
1415
Alon Levyd70d6b32011-12-20 13:05:18 +02001416@item tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001417@itemx plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]
Gerd Hoffmann17b6dea2010-08-27 14:09:56 +02001418Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS encryption. The
1419options can be specified multiple times to configure multiple
1420channels. The special name "default" can be used to set the default
1421mode. For channels which are not explicitly forced into one mode the
1422spice client is allowed to pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
1423
Yonit Halperin9f04e092010-07-14 13:26:34 +03001424@item image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]
1425Configure image compression (lossless).
1426Default is auto_glz.
1427
1428@item jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001429@itemx zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]
Yonit Halperin9f04e092010-07-14 13:26:34 +03001430Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links).
1431Default is auto.
1432
Gerd Hoffmann84a23f22010-08-30 16:36:53 +02001433@item streaming-video=[off|all|filter]
Li Zhijian93ca5192016-08-01 12:06:59 +08001434Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
Gerd Hoffmann84a23f22010-08-30 16:36:53 +02001435
1436@item agent-mouse=[on|off]
1437Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
1438
1439@item playback-compression=[on|off]
1440Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1). Default is on.
1441
Yonit Halperin8c957052012-08-21 11:51:59 +03001442@item seamless-migration=[on|off]
1443Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
1444
Gerd Hoffmann474114b2015-10-13 15:39:34 +02001445@item gl=[on|off]
1446Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
1447
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04001448@item rendernode=<file>
1449DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will pick
1450the first available. (Since 2.9)
1451
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001452@end table
1453ETEXI
1454
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001455DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001456 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
1457 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001458STEXI
1459@item -portrait
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001460@findex -portrait
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001461Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
1462ETEXI
1463
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03001464DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
1465 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
1466 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1467STEXI
Markus Armbruster6265c432013-02-13 19:49:39 +01001468@item -rotate @var{deg}
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03001469@findex -rotate
1470Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
1471ETEXI
1472
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001473DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02001474 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001475 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001476STEXI
malce4558dc2012-08-27 18:33:21 +04001477@item -vga @var{type}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001478@findex -vga
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001479Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for @var{type} are
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001480@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001481@item cirrus
1482Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting from
1483Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For optimal
1484performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and the host OS.
Alberto Garcia41eeb0e2017-01-27 11:41:54 +02001485(This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001486@item std
1487Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
1488supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if you want
1489to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you should use
Alberto Garcia41eeb0e2017-01-27 11:41:54 +02001490this option. (This card is the default since QEMU 2.2)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001491@item vmware
1492VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have sufficiently
1493recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a driver for this
1494card.
Gerd Hoffmanna19cbfb2010-04-27 11:50:11 +02001495@item qxl
1496QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including VESA
14972.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers installed though.
1498Recommended choice when using the spice protocol.
Mark Cave-Ayland33632782014-03-17 21:46:25 +00001499@item tcx
1500(sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default framebuffer for
1501sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit colour depths at a
1502fixed resolution of 1024x768.
1503@item cg3
1504(sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit framebuffer
1505for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP)
1506resolutions aimed at people wishing to run older Solaris versions.
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02001507@item virtio
1508Virtio VGA card.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001509@item none
1510Disable VGA card.
1511@end table
1512ETEXI
1513
1514DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001515 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001516STEXI
1517@item -full-screen
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001518@findex -full-screen
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001519Start in full screen.
1520ETEXI
1521
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001522DEF("g", 1, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001523 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
1524 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001525STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01001526@item -g @var{width}x@var{height}[x@var{depth}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001527@findex -g
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01001528Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001529ETEXI
1530
1531DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001532 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001533STEXI
1534@item -vnc @var{display}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001535@findex -vnc
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001536Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1537output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1538window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on VNC display
1539@var{display} and redirect the VGA display over the VNC session. It is
1540very useful to enable the usb tablet device when using this option
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001541(option @option{-device usb-tablet}). When using the VNC display, you
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001542must use the @option{-k} parameter to set the keyboard layout if you are
1543not using en-us. Valid syntax for the @var{display} is
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001544
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001545@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001546
Robert Ho99a9a522016-05-31 15:03:09 +08001547@item to=@var{L}
1548
1549With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC @var{display}s, until the
1550number @var{L}, if the origianlly defined "-vnc @var{display}" is not
1551available, e.g. port 5900+@var{display} is already used by another
1552application. By default, to=0.
1553
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001554@item @var{host}:@var{d}
1555
1556TCP connections will only be allowed from @var{host} on display @var{d}.
1557By convention the TCP port is 5900+@var{d}. Optionally, @var{host} can
1558be omitted in which case the server will accept connections from any host.
1559
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001560@item unix:@var{path}
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001561
1562Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where @var{path} is the
1563location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
1564
1565@item none
1566
1567VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor @code{change} command
1568can be used to later start the VNC server.
1569
1570@end table
1571
1572Following the @var{display} value there may be one or more @var{option} flags
1573separated by commas. Valid options are
1574
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001575@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001576
1577@item reverse
1578
1579Connect to a listening VNC client via a ``reverse'' connection. The
1580client is specified by the @var{display}. For reverse network
1581connections (@var{host}:@var{d},@code{reverse}), the @var{d} argument
1582is a TCP port number, not a display number.
1583
Tim Hardeck7536ee42013-01-21 11:04:44 +01001584@item websocket
1585
1586Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC Websocket connections.
Daniel P. Berrange275e0d62017-02-03 12:06:45 +00001587If a bare @var{websocket} option is given, the Websocket port is
15885700+@var{display}. An alternative port can be specified with the
1589syntax @code{websocket}=@var{port}.
1590
1591If @var{host} is specified connections will only be allowed from this host.
1592It is possible to control the websocket listen address independently, using
1593the syntax @code{websocket}=@var{host}:@var{port}.
1594
Daniel P. Berrange3e305e42015-08-06 14:39:32 +01001595If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection runs in
1596unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
1597requires encrypted client connections.
Tim Hardeck7536ee42013-01-21 11:04:44 +01001598
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001599@item password
1600
1601Require that password based authentication is used for client connections.
Michal Novotny86ee5bc2012-07-16 15:54:38 +02001602
1603The password must be set separately using the @code{set_password} command in
1604the @ref{pcsys_monitor}. The syntax to change your password is:
1605@code{set_password <protocol> <password>} where <protocol> could be either
1606"vnc" or "spice".
1607
1608If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you should use
1609@code{expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>} where expiration time could
1610be one of the following options: now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of
1611expiration, e.g. +60 to make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800
1612to make password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for this
1613date and time).
1614
1615You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration time to
1616allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never expire.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001617
Daniel P. Berrange3e305e42015-08-06 14:39:32 +01001618@item tls-creds=@var{ID}
1619
1620Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
1621VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
1622and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
1623will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
1624mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
1625using the @option{-object tls-creds} argument.
1626
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001627@item tls-authz=@var{ID}
1628
1629Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
1630the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object is
1631only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
1632fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
1633to denying access.
1634
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001635@item sasl
1636
1637Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC server.
1638The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled from the
1639system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' service. This
1640is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an
1641unprivileged user, an environment variable SASL_CONF_PATH can be used
1642to make it search alternate locations for the service config.
1643While some SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
1644it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and
1645'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This
1646ensures a data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
1647credentials. See the @ref{vnc_security} section for details on using
1648SASL authentication.
1649
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001650@item sasl-authz=@var{ID}
1651
1652Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
1653the client's SASL username will validated. This object is
1654only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
1655fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
1656to denying access.
1657
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001658@item acl
1659
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001660Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
1661x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the creation
1662of two @code{authz-list} objects with IDs of @code{vnc.username} and
1663@code{vnc.x509dname}. The rules for these objects must be configured
1664with the HMP ACL commands.
1665
1666This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
1667@option{sasl-authz} and @option{tls-authz} options are a
1668replacement.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001669
Corentin Chary6f9c78c2010-07-07 20:57:51 +02001670@item lossy
1671
1672Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
1673option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
1674depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can save
1675a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
1676
Corentin Chary80e0c8c2011-02-04 09:06:08 +01001677@item non-adaptive
1678
1679Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by default.
1680An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently updated screen regions,
1681and send updates in these regions using a lossy encoding (like JPEG).
Stefan Weil61cc8702011-04-13 22:45:22 +02001682This can be really helpful to save bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04001683adaptive encodings restores the original static behavior of encodings
Corentin Chary80e0c8c2011-02-04 09:06:08 +01001684like Tight.
1685
Gerd Hoffmann8cf36482011-11-24 18:10:49 +01001686@item share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]
1687
1688Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to ask
1689for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
1690implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
1691clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared session
1692(vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default. 'force-shared'
1693disables exclusive client access. Useful for shared desktop sessions,
1694where you don't want someone forgetting specify -shared disconnect
1695everybody else. 'ignore' completely ignores the shared flag and
1696allows everybody connect unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001697spec but is traditional QEMU behavior.
Gerd Hoffmann8cf36482011-11-24 18:10:49 +01001698
Gerd Hoffmannc5ce8332016-06-01 08:22:30 +02001699@item key-delay-ms
1700
1701Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in milliseconds.
Alexander Grafd3b0db62017-07-12 14:43:45 +02001702Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth devices, so this slowdown
Gerd Hoffmannc5ce8332016-06-01 08:22:30 +02001703can help the device and guest to keep up and not lose events in case
1704events are arriving in bulk. Possible causes for the latter are flaky
1705network connections, or scripts for automated testing.
1706
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001707@end table
1708ETEXI
1709
1710STEXI
1711@end table
1712ETEXI
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11001713ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001714
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001715ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001716STEXI
1717@table @option
1718ETEXI
1719
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001720DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001721 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
1722 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001723STEXI
1724@item -win2k-hack
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001725@findex -win2k-hack
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001726Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
1727Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this option
1728slows down the IDE transfers).
1729ETEXI
1730
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001731DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001732 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
1733 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001734STEXI
1735@item -no-fd-bootchk
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001736@findex -no-fd-bootchk
Markus Armbruster4eda32f2013-06-14 13:15:06 +02001737Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001738be needed to boot from old floppy disks.
1739ETEXI
1740
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001741DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01001742 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001743STEXI
1744@item -no-acpi
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001745@findex -no-acpi
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001746Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support. Use
1747it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target machine
1748only).
1749ETEXI
1750
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001751DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001752 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001753STEXI
1754@item -no-hpet
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001755@findex -no-hpet
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001756Disable HPET support.
1757ETEXI
1758
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001759DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04001760 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001761 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001762STEXI
1763@item -acpitable [sig=@var{str}][,rev=@var{n}][,oem_id=@var{str}][,oem_table_id=@var{str}][,oem_rev=@var{n}] [,asl_compiler_id=@var{str}][,asl_compiler_rev=@var{n}][,data=@var{file1}[:@var{file2}]...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001764@findex -acpitable
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001765Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from specified files.
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04001766For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified files, including all
1767ACPI headers (possible overridden by other options).
1768For data=, only data
1769portion of the table is used, all header information is specified in the
1770command line.
Laszlo Ersekae123742016-01-18 15:12:13 +01001771If a SLIC table is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem_id and oem_table_id
1772fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a. FACP), in order
1773to ensure the field matches required by the Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI
1774spec.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001775ETEXI
1776
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00001777DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
1778 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07001779 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05001780 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
1781 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07001782 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00001783 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
1784 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05001785 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
1786 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
1787 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
1788 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
1789 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
1790 " [,sku=str]\n"
1791 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
1792 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
1793 " [,asset=str][,part=str]\n"
1794 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
1795 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04001796 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05001797 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n",
Wei Huangc30e1562015-09-07 10:39:29 +01001798 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00001799STEXI
1800@item -smbios file=@var{binary}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001801@findex -smbios
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00001802Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
1803
Gabriel L. Somlo84351842014-05-19 10:09:54 -04001804@item -smbios type=0[,vendor=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,date=@var{str}][,release=@var{%d.%d}][,uefi=on|off]
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00001805Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
1806
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05001807@item -smbios type=1[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,product=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,uuid=@var{uuid}][,sku=@var{str}][,family=@var{str}]
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00001808Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05001809
1810@item -smbios type=2[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,product=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,location=@var{str}][,family=@var{str}]
1811Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
1812
1813@item -smbios type=3[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,sku=@var{str}]
1814Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
1815
1816@item -smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=@var{str}][,manufacturer=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,part=@var{str}]
1817Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
1818
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04001819@item -smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=@var{str}][,bank=@var{str}][,manufacturer=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,part=@var{str}][,speed=@var{%d}]
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05001820Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00001821ETEXI
1822
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001823STEXI
1824@end table
1825ETEXI
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01001826DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001827
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001828DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001829STEXI
1830@table @option
1831ETEXI
1832
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001833DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001834#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01001835 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4[=on|off]][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
1836 " [,ipv6[=on|off]][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
1837 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01001838 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08001839 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02001840#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02001841 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02001842#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001843 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
1844 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001845#endif
1846#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001847 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
1848 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001849#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001850 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10001851 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001852 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08001853 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001854 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10001855 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05001856 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
1857 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
1858 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07001859 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05001860 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
1861 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001862 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08001863 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07001864 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02001865 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07001866 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
1867 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02001868 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02001869 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
1870 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02001871 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08001872 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08001873 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08001874 " use 'poll-us=n' to speciy the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
1875 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001876 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
1877 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
1878 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
1879 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01001880#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01001881#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001882 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
1883 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on/off][,udp=on/off]\n"
1884 " [,cookie64=on/off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
1885 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
1886 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
1887 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01001888 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04001889 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01001890 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
1891 " standard (RFC3391). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
1892 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
1893 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
1894 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
1895 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08001896 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01001897 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
1898 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
1899 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
1900 " well as a weak security measure\n"
1901 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
1902 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
1903 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
1904 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
1905 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
1906 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
1907#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001908 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
1909 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
1910 " using a socket connection\n"
1911 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
1912 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08001913 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001914 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
1915 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
1916 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001917#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001918 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
1919 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
1920 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001921 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
1922 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
1923#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01001924#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001925 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01001926 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
1927 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
1928 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
1929#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01001930#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001931 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
1932 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01001933#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01001934 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02001935 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01001936DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02001937 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01001938#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
1939 "user|"
1940#endif
1941#ifdef __linux__
1942 "l2tpv3|"
1943#endif
1944#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
1945 "vde|"
1946#endif
1947#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
1948 "netmap|"
1949#endif
1950#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
1951 "vhost-user|"
1952#endif
1953 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
1954 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
1955 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02001956 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01001957 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
1958 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001959DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02001960 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01001961 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02001962 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001963 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01001964#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
1965 "user|"
1966#endif
1967 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05001968 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01001969#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
1970 "vde|"
1971#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01001972#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
1973 "netmap|"
1974#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02001975 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02001976 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
1977 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001978STEXI
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01001979@item -nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]
1980@findex -nic
1981This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board (default) guest
1982NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go. The host backend options
1983are the same as with the corresponding @option{-netdev} options below.
1984The guest NIC model can be set with @option{model=@var{modelname}}.
1985Use @option{model=help} to list the available device types.
1986The hardware MAC address can be set with @option{mac=@var{macaddr}}.
1987
1988The following two example do exactly the same, to show how @option{-nic} can
1989be used to shorten the command line length (note that the e1000 is the default
1990on i386, so the @option{model=e1000} parameter could even be omitted here, too):
1991@example
1992qemu-system-i386 -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
1993qemu-system-i386 -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
1994@end example
1995
1996@item -nic none
1997Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to override
1998the default configuration (default NIC with ``user'' host network backend)
1999which is activated if no other networking options are provided.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002000
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002001@item -netdev user,id=@var{id}[,@var{option}][,@var{option}][,...]
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01002002@findex -netdev
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002003Configure user mode host network backend which requires no administrator
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002004privilege to run. Valid options are:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002005
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02002006@table @option
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002007@item id=@var{id}
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002008Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2009
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002010@item ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off
2011Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is specified
2012both protocols are enabled.
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002013
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002014@item net=@var{addr}[/@var{mask}]
2015Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify the netmask,
2016either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid top-most bits. Default is
Brad Hardsb0b36e52011-04-24 17:19:56 +1000201710.0.2.0/24.
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002018
2019@item host=@var{addr}
2020Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the 2nd IP in the
2021guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002022
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002023@item ipv6-net=@var{addr}[/@var{int}]
2024Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is fec0::/64). The
2025network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal IPv6 address
2026notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given as the number of
2027valid top-most bits (default is 64).
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002028
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002029@item ipv6-host=@var{addr}
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002030Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is the 2nd IPv6 in
2031the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2032
Jan Kiszkac54ed5b2011-07-20 12:20:14 +02002033@item restrict=on|off
Brad Hardscaef55e2011-06-09 07:50:43 +10002034If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it will not be
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002035able to contact the host and no guest IP packets will be routed over the host
Brad Hardscaef55e2011-06-09 07:50:43 +10002036to the outside. This option does not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002037
2038@item hostname=@var{name}
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002039Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP server.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002040
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002041@item dhcpstart=@var{addr}
2042Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can assign. Default
Brad Hardsb0b36e52011-04-24 17:19:56 +10002043is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002044
2045@item dns=@var{addr}
2046Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The address must
2047be different from the host address. Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network,
2048i.e. x.x.x.3.
2049
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002050@item ipv6-dns=@var{addr}
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002051Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual nameserver. The address
2052must be different from the host address. Default is the 3rd IP in the guest
2053network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2054
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002055@item dnssearch=@var{domain}
2056Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the built-in
2057DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be transmitted by specifying
2058this option multiple times. If supported, this will cause the guest to
2059automatically try to append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name
2060can not be resolved.
2061
2062Example:
2063@example
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002064qemu-system-i386 -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002065@end example
2066
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002067@item domainname=@var{domain}
2068Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP server.
2069
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002070@item tftp=@var{dir}
2071When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2072server. The files in @var{dir} will be exposed as the root of a TFTP server.
2073The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in binary mode (use the command
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002074@code{bin} of the Unix TFTP client).
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002075
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002076@item tftp-server-name=@var{name}
2077In BOOTP reply, broadcast @var{name} as the "TFTP server name" (RFC2132 option
207866). This can be used to advise the guest to load boot files or configurations
2079from a different server than the host address.
2080
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002081@item bootfile=@var{file}
2082When using the user mode network stack, broadcast @var{file} as the BOOTP
2083filename. In conjunction with @option{tftp}, this can be used to network boot
2084a guest from a local directory.
2085
2086Example (using pxelinux):
2087@example
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002088qemu-system-i386 -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \
2089 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002090@end example
2091
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002092@item smb=@var{dir}[,smbserver=@var{addr}]
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002093When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2094server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in @file{@var{dir}}
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002095transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be set to @var{addr}. By
2096default the 4th IP in the guest network is used, i.e. x.x.x.4.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002097
2098In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2099@example
210010.0.2.4 smbserver
2101@end example
2102must be added in the file @file{C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS} (for windows 9x/Me)
2103or @file{C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS} (Windows NT/2000).
2104
2105Then @file{@var{dir}} can be accessed in @file{\\smbserver\qemu}.
2106
Brade2d88302011-09-02 16:53:28 -04002107Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002108
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002109@item hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[@var{hostaddr}]:@var{hostport}-[@var{guestaddr}]:@var{guestport}
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002110Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port @var{hostport} to
2111the guest IP address @var{guestaddr} on guest port @var{guestport}. If
2112@var{guestaddr} is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15 (default first address
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002113given by the built-in DHCP server). By specifying @var{hostaddr}, the rule can
2114be bound to a specific host interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002115used. This option can be given multiple times.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002116
2117For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to guest
2118screen 0, use the following:
2119
2120@example
2121# on the host
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002122qemu-system-i386 -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002123# this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
2124xterm -display :1
2125@end example
2126
2127To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet port on
2128the guest, use the following:
2129
2130@example
2131# on the host
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002132qemu-system-i386 -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002133telnet localhost 5555
2134@end example
2135
2136Then when you use on the host @code{telnet localhost 5555}, you
2137connect to the guest telnet server.
2138
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002139@item guestfwd=[tcp]:@var{server}:@var{port}-@var{dev}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02002140@itemx guestfwd=[tcp]:@var{server}:@var{port}-@var{cmd:command}
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002141Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address @var{server} on port @var{port}
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002142to the character device @var{dev} or to a program executed by @var{cmd:command}
2143which gets spawned for each connection. This option can be given multiple times.
2144
Stefan Weil43ffe612012-07-20 23:26:02 +02002145You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used throughout QEMU's
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002146lifetime, like in the following example:
2147
2148@example
2149# open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
2150# the guest accesses it
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002151qemu-system-i386 -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002152@end example
2153
2154Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established by the guest,
Stefan Weil43ffe612012-07-20 23:26:02 +02002155so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process for that virtual server:
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002156
2157@example
2158# call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
2159# and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002160qemu-system-i386 -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002161@end example
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002162
2163@end table
2164
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002165@item -netdev tap,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,ifname=@var{name}][,script=@var{file}][,downscript=@var{dfile}][,br=@var{bridge}][,helper=@var{helper}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002166Configure a host TAP network backend with ID @var{id}.
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002167
2168Use the network script @var{file} to configure it and the network script
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002169@var{dfile} to deconfigure it. If @var{name} is not provided, the OS
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002170automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
2171@file{/etc/qemu-ifup} and the default network deconfigure script is
2172@file{/etc/qemu-ifdown}. Use @option{script=no} or @option{downscript=no}
2173to disable script execution.
2174
2175If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002176@var{helper} to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
2177The default network helper executable is @file{/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper}
2178and the default bridge device is @file{br0}.
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002179
2180@option{fd}=@var{h} can be used to specify the handle of an already
2181opened host TAP interface.
2182
2183Examples:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002184
2185@example
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002186#launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002187qemu-system-i386 linux.img -nic tap
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002188@end example
2189
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002190@example
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002191#launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
2192#to a TAP device
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002193qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huth74f78b92018-01-15 08:40:17 +01002194 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \
2195 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002196@end example
2197
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002198@example
2199#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2200#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002201qemu-system-i386 linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \
2202 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002203@end example
2204
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002205@item -netdev bridge,id=@var{id}[,br=@var{bridge}][,helper=@var{helper}]
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002206Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
2207
2208Use the network helper @var{helper} to configure the TAP interface and
2209attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
Amos Kong420508f2013-10-23 04:49:28 +08002210@file{/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper} and the default bridge
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002211device is @file{br0}.
2212
2213Examples:
2214
2215@example
2216#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2217#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002218qemu-system-i386 linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002219@end example
2220
2221@example
2222#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2223#connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002224qemu-system-i386 linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002225@end example
2226
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002227@item -netdev socket,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,listen=[@var{host}]:@var{port}][,connect=@var{host}:@var{port}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002228
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002229This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network to
2230another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If @option{listen}
2231is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on @var{port}
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002232(@var{host} is optional). @option{connect} is used to connect to
2233another QEMU instance using the @option{listen} option. @option{fd}=@var{h}
2234specifies an already opened TCP socket.
2235
2236Example:
2237@example
2238# launch a first QEMU instance
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002239qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002240 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2241 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
2242# connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002243qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002244 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \
2245 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002246@end example
2247
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002248@item -netdev socket,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,mcast=@var{maddr}:@var{port}[,localaddr=@var{addr}]]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002249
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002250Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network traffic
2251with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast socket, effectively
2252making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast address @var{maddr} and @var{port}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002253NOTES:
2254@enumerate
2255@item
2256Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus (assuming
2257correct multicast setup for these hosts).
2258@item
2259mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument @option{eth@var{N}=mcast}), see
2260@url{http://user-mode-linux.sf.net}.
2261@item
2262Use @option{fd=h} to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
2263@end enumerate
2264
2265Example:
2266@example
2267# launch one QEMU instance
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002268qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002269 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2270 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002271# launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002272qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002273 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \
2274 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002275# launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002276qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huth37a44422018-08-13 13:51:44 +02002277 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002278 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002279@end example
2280
2281Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
2282@example
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002283# launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002284qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002285 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2286 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002287# launch UML
2288/path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
2289@end example
2290
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002291Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
2292@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002293qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002294 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2295 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002296@end example
2297
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002298@item -netdev l2tpv3,id=@var{id},src=@var{srcaddr},dst=@var{dstaddr}[,srcport=@var{srcport}][,dstport=@var{dstport}],txsession=@var{txsession}[,rxsession=@var{rxsession}][,ipv6][,udp][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=@var{txcookie}][,rxcookie=@var{rxcookie}][,offset=@var{offset}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002299Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3391) is a
2300popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data frames between
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002301two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and the Linux kernel
2302(from version 3.3 onwards).
2303
2304This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or firewall directly.
2305
Markus Armbruster1e9a7372017-10-02 16:03:01 +02002306@table @option
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002307@item src=@var{srcaddr}
2308 source address (mandatory)
2309@item dst=@var{dstaddr}
2310 destination address (mandatory)
2311@item udp
2312 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
2313@item srcport=@var{srcport}
2314 source udp port.
2315@item dstport=@var{dstport}
2316 destination udp port.
2317@item ipv6
2318 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
2319@item rxcookie=@var{rxcookie}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02002320@itemx txcookie=@var{txcookie}
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002321 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
2322Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default they are 32
2323bit.
2324@item cookie64
2325 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
2326@item counter=off
2327 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
2328draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
2329@item pincounter=on
2330 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help on
2331networks which have packet reorder.
2332@item offset=@var{offset}
2333 Add an extra offset between header and data
Markus Armbruster1e9a7372017-10-02 16:03:01 +02002334@end table
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002335
2336For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to the bridge br-lan
2337on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
2338@example
2339# Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
2340# on 1.2.3.4
2341ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \
2342 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
2343ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \
2344 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
2345ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
2346ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
2347brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
2348
2349
2350# on 4.3.2.1
2351# launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
2352
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002353qemu-system-i386 linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \
2354 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002355
2356@end example
2357
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002358@item -netdev vde,id=@var{id}[,sock=@var{socketpath}][,port=@var{n}][,group=@var{groupname}][,mode=@var{octalmode}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002359Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT @var{n} of a vde switch running on host and
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002360listening for incoming connections on @var{socketpath}. Use GROUP @var{groupname}
2361and MODE @var{octalmode} to change default ownership and permissions for
Stefan Weilc1ba4e02011-09-05 18:13:03 +02002362communication port. This option is only available if QEMU has been compiled
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002363with vde support enabled.
2364
2365Example:
2366@example
2367# launch vde switch
2368vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
2369# launch QEMU instance
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002370qemu-system-i386 linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002371@end example
2372
Changchun Ouyangb931bfb2015-09-23 12:20:00 +08002373@item -netdev vhost-user,chardev=@var{id}[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002374
2375Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev @var{id}. The chardev should
2376be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a specifically defined
2377protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
2378end of the socket. On non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with
Changchun Ouyangb931bfb2015-09-23 12:20:00 +08002379@var{vhostforce}. Use 'queues=@var{n}' to specify the number of queues to
2380be created for multiqueue vhost-user.
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002381
2382Example:
2383@example
2384qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
2385 -numa node,memdev=mem \
Vincenzo Maffione79cad2f2017-02-20 17:45:09 +01002386 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002387 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
2388 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
2389@end example
2390
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002391@item -netdev hubport,id=@var{id},hubid=@var{hubid}[,netdev=@var{nd}]
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002392
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002393Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID @var{hubid}.
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002394
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002395The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub instead of a
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002396single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the hubport to another
2397netdev with ID @var{nd} by using the @option{netdev=@var{nd}} option.
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002398
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002399@item -net nic[,netdev=@var{nd}][,macaddr=@var{mac}][,model=@var{type}] [,name=@var{name}][,addr=@var{addr}][,vectors=@var{v}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002400@findex -net
2401Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine default) Network
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002402Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e.
2403the default hub), or to the netdev @var{nd}.
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002404The NIC is an e1000 by default on the PC target. Optionally, the MAC address
2405can be changed to @var{mac}, the device address set to @var{addr} (PCI cards
2406only), and a @var{name} can be assigned for use in monitor commands.
2407Optionally, for PCI cards, you can specify the number @var{v} of MSI-X vectors
2408that the card should have; this option currently only affects virtio cards; set
2409@var{v} = 0 to disable MSI-X. If no @option{-net} option is specified, a single
2410NIC is created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
2411Use @code{-net nic,model=help} for a list of available devices for your target.
2412
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002413@item -net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=@var{name}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002414Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to the same
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002415@option{-netdev} option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0 (the default
2416hub). Use @var{name} to specify the name of the hub port.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002417ETEXI
2418
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002419STEXI
2420@end table
2421ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002422DEFHEADING()
2423
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002424DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002425
2426DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08002427 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002428 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05002429 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002430 " [,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002431 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002432 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002433 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002434 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002435 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4][,ipv6][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002436 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2437 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002438 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002439 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2440 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2441 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2442 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002443#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002444 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2445 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002446#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002447 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2448 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002449#endif
2450#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002451 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002452#endif
2453#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
2454 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002455 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2456 "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002457#endif
2458#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002459 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2460 "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002461#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002462#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002463 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2464 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002465#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002466 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002467)
2468
2469STEXI
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002470
2471The general form of a character device option is:
2472@table @option
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002473@item -chardev @var{backend},id=@var{id}[,mux=on|off][,@var{options}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002474@findex -chardev
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002475Backend is one of:
2476@option{null},
2477@option{socket},
2478@option{udp},
2479@option{msmouse},
2480@option{vc},
Markus Armbruster4f573782013-07-26 16:44:32 +02002481@option{ringbuf},
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002482@option{file},
2483@option{pipe},
2484@option{console},
2485@option{serial},
2486@option{pty},
2487@option{stdio},
2488@option{braille},
2489@option{tty},
Gerd Hoffmann88a946d2013-01-10 14:20:58 +01002490@option{parallel},
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002491@option{parport},
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002492@option{spicevmc},
Marc-André Lureau5a49d3e2012-12-05 16:15:34 +01002493@option{spiceport}.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002494The specific backend will determine the applicable options.
2495
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002496Use @code{-chardev help} to print all available chardev backend types.
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08002497
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002498All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127 characters long.
2499It is used to uniquely identify this device in other command line directives.
2500
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002501A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple front-ends.
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002502Specify @option{mux=on} to enable this mode.
2503A multiplexer is a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
2504backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk to a chardev.
2505If you create a chardev with @option{id=myid} and @option{mux=on}, QEMU will
2506create a multiplexer with your specified ID, and you can then configure multiple
2507front ends to use that chardev ID for their input/output. Up to four different
2508front ends can be connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without
2509multiplexing enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.)
2510For instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be used by
2511two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
2512
2513@example
2514-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
Marc-André Lureaubdbcb542016-10-11 21:41:21 +04002515-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002516-serial chardev:char0 \
2517-serial chardev:char0
2518@end example
2519
2520You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration; for instance
2521you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0 and UART 1, and stdio
2522multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a parallel port:
2523
2524@example
2525-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
Marc-André Lureaubdbcb542016-10-11 21:41:21 +04002526-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002527-parallel chardev:char0 \
2528-chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
2529-serial chardev:char1 \
2530-serial chardev:char1
2531@end example
2532
2533When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape sequences are
2534interpreted in the input. @xref{mux_keys, Keys in the character backend
2535multiplexer}.
2536
2537Note that some other command line options may implicitly create multiplexed
2538character backends; for instance @option{-serial mon:stdio} creates a
2539multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and the QEMU monitor,
2540and @option{-nographic} also multiplexes the console and the monitor to
2541stdio.
2542
2543There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other direction
2544(where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from multiple chardevs).
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002545
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002546Every backend supports the @option{logfile} option, which supplies the path
2547to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The @option{logappend}
2548option controls whether the log file will be truncated or appended to when
2549opened.
2550
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002551@end table
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002552
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002553The available backends are:
2554
2555@table @option
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002556@item -chardev null,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002557A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any data it
2558receives. The null backend does not take any options.
2559
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002560@item -chardev socket,id=@var{id}[,@var{TCP options} or @var{unix options}][,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=@var{seconds}][,tls-creds=@var{id}][,tls-authz=@var{id}]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002561
2562Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix socket. A
2563unix socket will be created if @option{path} is specified. Behaviour is
2564undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix socket.
2565
2566@option{server} specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
2567
2568@option{nowait} specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client to
2569connect to a listening socket.
2570
2571@option{telnet} specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret telnet
2572escape sequences.
2573
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002574@option{websocket} specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
2575communication.
2576
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05002577@option{reconnect} sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server sockets when
2578the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many seconds and then attempt
2579to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting, and is the default.
2580
Daniel P. Berrangea8fb5422016-01-19 11:14:31 +00002581@option{tls-creds} requests enablement of the TLS protocol for encryption,
2582and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for the handshake. The
2583credentials must be previously created with the @option{-object tls-creds}
2584argument.
2585
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002586@option{tls-auth} provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against
2587which the client's x509 distinguished name will be validated. This object is
2588only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the fly
2589while the chardev server is active. If missing, it will default to denying
2590access.
2591
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002592TCP and unix socket options are given below:
2593
2594@table @option
2595
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002596@item TCP options: port=@var{port}[,host=@var{host}][,to=@var{to}][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002597
2598@option{host} for a listening socket specifies the local address to be bound.
2599For a connecting socket species the remote host to connect to. @option{host} is
2600optional for listening sockets. If not specified it defaults to @code{0.0.0.0}.
2601
2602@option{port} for a listening socket specifies the local port to be bound. For a
2603connecting socket specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
2604@option{port} can be given as either a port number or a service name.
2605@option{port} is required.
2606
2607@option{to} is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is specified, and
2608@option{port} cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to bind to subsequent ports up
2609to and including @option{to} until it succeeds. @option{to} must be specified
2610as a port number.
2611
2612@option{ipv4} and @option{ipv6} specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
2613If neither is specified the socket may use either protocol.
2614
2615@option{nodelay} disables the Nagle algorithm.
2616
2617@item unix options: path=@var{path}
2618
2619@option{path} specifies the local path of the unix socket. @option{path} is
2620required.
2621
2622@end table
2623
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002624@item -chardev udp,id=@var{id}[,host=@var{host}],port=@var{port}[,localaddr=@var{localaddr}][,localport=@var{localport}][,ipv4][,ipv6]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002625
2626Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
2627
2628@option{host} specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified it
2629defaults to @code{localhost}.
2630
2631@option{port} specifies the port on the remote host to connect to. @option{port}
2632is required.
2633
2634@option{localaddr} specifies the local address to bind to. If not specified it
2635defaults to @code{0.0.0.0}.
2636
2637@option{localport} specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified any
2638available local port will be used.
2639
2640@option{ipv4} and @option{ipv6} specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
2641If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
2642
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002643@item -chardev msmouse,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002644
2645Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. @option{msmouse} does not
2646take any options.
2647
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002648@item -chardev vc,id=@var{id}[[,width=@var{width}][,height=@var{height}]][[,cols=@var{cols}][,rows=@var{rows}]]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002649
2650Connect to a QEMU text console. @option{vc} may optionally be given a specific
2651size.
2652
2653@option{width} and @option{height} specify the width and height respectively of
2654the console, in pixels.
2655
2656@option{cols} and @option{rows} specify that the console be sized to fit a text
2657console with the given dimensions.
2658
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002659@item -chardev ringbuf,id=@var{id}[,size=@var{size}]
Lei Li51767e72013-01-25 00:03:19 +08002660
Markus Armbruster3949e592013-02-06 21:27:24 +01002661Create a ring buffer with fixed size @option{size}.
Stefan Hajnoczie69f7d22016-09-19 11:56:26 +01002662@var{size} must be a power of two and defaults to @code{64K}.
Lei Li51767e72013-01-25 00:03:19 +08002663
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002664@item -chardev file,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002665
2666Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
2667
2668@option{path} specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will be
2669created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does. @option{path}
2670is required.
2671
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002672@item -chardev pipe,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002673
2674Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs slightly between
2675Windows hosts and other hosts:
2676
2677On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
2678@file{\\.pipe\@option{path}}.
2679
2680On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called @file{@option{path}.in} and
2681@file{@option{path}.out}. Data written to @file{@option{path}.in} will be
2682received by the guest. Data written by the guest can be read from
2683@file{@option{path}.out}. QEMU will not create these fifos, and requires them to
2684be present.
2685
2686@option{path} forms part of the pipe path as described above. @option{path} is
2687required.
2688
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002689@item -chardev console,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002690
2691Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. @option{console} does not
2692take any options.
2693
2694@option{console} is only available on Windows hosts.
2695
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002696@item -chardev serial,id=@var{id},path=@option{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002697
2698Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
2699
Gerd Hoffmannd59044e2012-12-19 13:50:29 +01002700On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device,
2701not only serial lines.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002702
2703@option{path} specifies the name of the serial device to open.
2704
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002705@item -chardev pty,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002706
2707Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. @option{pty} does
2708not take any options.
2709
2710@option{pty} is not available on Windows hosts.
2711
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002712@item -chardev stdio,id=@var{id}[,signal=on|off]
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02002713Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
Aurelien Jarnob7fdb3a2010-07-13 21:13:12 +02002714
2715@option{signal} controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that includes
2716exiting QEMU with the key sequence @key{Control-c}. This option is enabled by
2717default, use @option{signal=off} to disable it.
2718
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002719@item -chardev braille,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002720
2721Connect to a local BrlAPI server. @option{braille} does not take any options.
2722
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002723@item -chardev tty,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002724
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002725@option{tty} is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD and
Markus Armbrusterd037d6b2013-02-13 15:54:15 +01002726DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for @option{serial}.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002727
2728@option{path} specifies the path to the tty. @option{path} is required.
2729
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002730@item -chardev parallel,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
2731@itemx -chardev parport,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002732
Gerd Hoffmann88a946d2013-01-10 14:20:58 +01002733@option{parallel} is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD hosts.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002734
2735Connect to a local parallel port.
2736
2737@option{path} specifies the path to the parallel port device. @option{path} is
2738required.
2739
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002740@item -chardev spicevmc,id=@var{id},debug=@var{debug},name=@var{name}
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002741
Stefan Hajnoczi3a846902011-10-06 11:24:12 +01002742@option{spicevmc} is only available when spice support is built in.
2743
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002744@option{debug} debug level for spicevmc
2745
2746@option{name} name of spice channel to connect to
2747
2748Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002749
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002750@item -chardev spiceport,id=@var{id},debug=@var{debug},name=@var{name}
Marc-André Lureau5a49d3e2012-12-05 16:15:34 +01002751
2752@option{spiceport} is only available when spice support is built in.
2753
2754@option{debug} debug level for spicevmc
2755
2756@option{name} name of spice port to connect to
2757
2758Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the traffic
2759identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002760ETEXI
2761
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002762STEXI
2763@end table
2764ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002765DEFHEADING()
2766
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002767DEFHEADING(Bluetooth(R) options:)
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002768STEXI
2769@table @option
2770ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002771
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002772DEF("bt", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bt, \
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002773 "-bt hci,null dumb bluetooth HCI - doesn't respond to commands\n" \
2774 "-bt hci,host[:id]\n" \
2775 " use host's HCI with the given name\n" \
2776 "-bt hci[,vlan=n]\n" \
2777 " emulate a standard HCI in virtual scatternet 'n'\n" \
2778 "-bt vhci[,vlan=n]\n" \
2779 " add host computer to virtual scatternet 'n' using VHCI\n" \
2780 "-bt device:dev[,vlan=n]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002781 " emulate a bluetooth device 'dev' in scatternet 'n'\n",
2782 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002783STEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002784@item -bt hci[...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002785@findex -bt
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002786Defines the function of the corresponding Bluetooth HCI. -bt options
2787are matched with the HCIs present in the chosen machine type. For
2788example when emulating a machine with only one HCI built into it, only
2789the first @code{-bt hci[...]} option is valid and defines the HCI's
2790logic. The Transport Layer is decided by the machine type. Currently
2791the machines @code{n800} and @code{n810} have one HCI and all other
2792machines have none.
2793
Thomas Huthc0188e62018-11-12 11:00:30 +01002794Note: This option and the whole bluetooth subsystem is considered as deprecated.
2795If you still use it, please send a mail to @email{qemu-devel@@nongnu.org} where
2796you describe your usecase.
2797
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002798@anchor{bt-hcis}
2799The following three types are recognized:
2800
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02002801@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002802@item -bt hci,null
2803(default) The corresponding Bluetooth HCI assumes no internal logic
2804and will not respond to any HCI commands or emit events.
2805
2806@item -bt hci,host[:@var{id}]
2807(@code{bluez} only) The corresponding HCI passes commands / events
2808to / from the physical HCI identified by the name @var{id} (default:
2809@code{hci0}) on the computer running QEMU. Only available on @code{bluez}
2810capable systems like Linux.
2811
2812@item -bt hci[,vlan=@var{n}]
2813Add a virtual, standard HCI that will participate in the Bluetooth
2814scatternet @var{n} (default @code{0}). Similarly to @option{-net}
2815VLANs, devices inside a bluetooth network @var{n} can only communicate
2816with other devices in the same network (scatternet).
2817@end table
2818
2819@item -bt vhci[,vlan=@var{n}]
2820(Linux-host only) Create a HCI in scatternet @var{n} (default 0) attached
2821to the host bluetooth stack instead of to the emulated target. This
2822allows the host and target machines to participate in a common scatternet
2823and communicate. Requires the Linux @code{vhci} driver installed. Can
2824be used as following:
2825
2826@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002827qemu-system-i386 [...OPTIONS...] -bt hci,vlan=5 -bt vhci,vlan=5
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002828@end example
2829
2830@item -bt device:@var{dev}[,vlan=@var{n}]
2831Emulate a bluetooth device @var{dev} and place it in network @var{n}
2832(default @code{0}). QEMU can only emulate one type of bluetooth devices
2833currently:
2834
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02002835@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002836@item keyboard
2837Virtual wireless keyboard implementing the HIDP bluetooth profile.
2838@end table
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002839ETEXI
2840
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002841STEXI
2842@end table
2843ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002844DEFHEADING()
2845
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05002846#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002847DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05002848
2849DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05002850 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
2851 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
2852 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03002853 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
2854 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
2855 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05002856 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
2857STEXI
2858
2859The general form of a TPM device option is:
2860@table @option
2861
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002862@item -tpmdev @var{backend},id=@var{id}[,@var{options}]
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05002863@findex -tpmdev
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05002864
2865The specific backend type will determine the applicable options.
Corey Bryant28c4fa32013-03-20 12:34:49 -04002866The @code{-tpmdev} option creates the TPM backend and requires a
2867@code{-device} option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05002868
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02002869Use @code{-tpmdev help} to print all available TPM backend types.
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05002870
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02002871@end table
2872
2873The available backends are:
2874
2875@table @option
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05002876
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002877@item -tpmdev passthrough,id=@var{id},path=@var{path},cancel-path=@var{cancel-path}
Stefan Berger4549a8b2013-02-27 12:47:53 -05002878
2879(Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the passthrough
2880driver.
2881
2882@option{path} specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on
2883a Linux host this would be @code{/dev/tpm0}.
2884@option{path} is optional and by default @code{/dev/tpm0} is used.
2885
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05002886@option{cancel-path} specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
2887entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
2888@option{cancel-path} is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
2889sysfs entry to use.
2890
Stefan Berger4549a8b2013-02-27 12:47:53 -05002891Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
2892
2893The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be
2894used by any other application on the host.
2895
2896Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the TPM,
2897the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize the
2898TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that would
2899otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the user to
2900enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM.
2901Further, if TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM
2902will get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the
2903TPM again afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is
2904required to enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM.
2905If the TPM is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
2906
2907To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
2908@example
2909-tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
2910@end example
2911Note that the @code{-tpmdev} id is @code{tpm0} and is referenced by
2912@code{tpmdev=tpm0} in the device option.
2913
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002914@item -tpmdev emulator,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{dev}
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03002915
2916(Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain socket based
2917chardev backend.
2918
2919@option{chardev} specifies the unique ID of a character device backend that provides connection to the software TPM server.
2920
2921To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
2922@example
2923
2924-chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
2925
2926@end example
2927
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05002928ETEXI
2929
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02002930STEXI
2931@end table
2932ETEXI
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05002933DEFHEADING()
2934
2935#endif
2936
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002937DEFHEADING(Linux/Multiboot boot specific:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002938STEXI
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02002939
2940When using these options, you can use a given Linux or Multiboot
2941kernel without installing it in the disk image. It can be useful
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002942for easier testing of various kernels.
2943
2944@table @option
2945ETEXI
2946
2947DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002948 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002949STEXI
2950@item -kernel @var{bzImage}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002951@findex -kernel
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02002952Use @var{bzImage} as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
2953or in multiboot format.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002954ETEXI
2955
2956DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002957 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002958STEXI
2959@item -append @var{cmdline}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002960@findex -append
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002961Use @var{cmdline} as kernel command line
2962ETEXI
2963
2964DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002965 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002966STEXI
2967@item -initrd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002968@findex -initrd
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002969Use @var{file} as initial ram disk.
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02002970
2971@item -initrd "@var{file1} arg=foo,@var{file2}"
2972
2973This syntax is only available with multiboot.
2974
2975Use @var{file1} and @var{file2} as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
2976first module.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002977ETEXI
2978
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00002979DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10002980 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00002981STEXI
2982@item -dtb @var{file}
2983@findex -dtb
2984Use @var{file} as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the kernel
2985on boot.
2986ETEXI
2987
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002988STEXI
2989@end table
2990ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002991DEFHEADING()
2992
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002993DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002994STEXI
2995@table @option
2996ETEXI
2997
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04002998DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
2999 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003000 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003001 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003002 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003003 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3004STEXI
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003005
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003006@item -fw_cfg [name=]@var{name},file=@var{file}
3007@findex -fw_cfg
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003008Add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file @var{file}.
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003009
3010@item -fw_cfg [name=]@var{name},string=@var{str}
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003011Add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string @var{str}.
3012
3013The terminating NUL character of the contents of @var{str} will not be
3014included as part of the fw_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3015embedded NUL characters, you have to use the @var{file} parameter.
3016
3017The fw_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3018
3019Example:
3020@example
3021 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3022@end example
3023creates an fw_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3024from ./my_blob.bin.
3025
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003026ETEXI
3027
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003028DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003029 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3030 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003031STEXI
3032@item -serial @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003033@findex -serial
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003034Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device
3035@var{dev}. The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and
3036@code{stdio} in non graphical mode.
3037
3038This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3039ports.
3040
3041Use @code{-serial none} to disable all serial ports.
3042
3043Available character devices are:
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02003044@table @option
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003045@item vc[:@var{W}x@var{H}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003046Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in pixel with
3047@example
3048vc:800x600
3049@end example
3050It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3051@example
3052vc:80Cx24C
3053@end example
3054@item pty
3055[Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3056@item none
3057No device is allocated.
3058@item null
3059void device
Ingo van Lil88e020e2013-12-20 14:44:53 +01003060@item chardev:@var{id}
3061Use a named character device defined with the @code{-chardev} option.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003062@item /dev/XXX
3063[Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. @file{/dev/ttyS0}. The host serial port
3064parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3065@item /dev/parport@var{N}
3066[Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port
3067@var{N}. Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3068@item file:@var{filename}
3069Write output to @var{filename}. No character can be read.
3070@item stdio
3071[Unix only] standard input/output
3072@item pipe:@var{filename}
3073name pipe @var{filename}
3074@item COM@var{n}
3075[Windows only] Use host serial port @var{n}
3076@item udp:[@var{remote_host}]:@var{remote_port}[@@[@var{src_ip}]:@var{src_port}]
3077This implements UDP Net Console.
3078When @var{remote_host} or @var{src_ip} are not specified
3079they default to @code{0.0.0.0}.
3080When not using a specified @var{src_port} a random port is automatically chosen.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003081
3082If you just want a simple readonly console you can use @code{netcat} or
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003083@code{nc}, by starting QEMU with: @code{-serial udp::4555} and nc as:
3084@code{nc -u -l -p 4555}. Any time QEMU writes something to that port it
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003085will appear in the netconsole session.
3086
3087If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want to stop
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003088and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use the same
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003089source port each time by using something like @code{-serial
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003090udp::4555@@:4556} to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003091version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and receive
3092characters via udp. If you have a patched version of netcat which
3093activates telnet remote echo and single char transfer, then you can
Marc-André Lureaubd1caa32016-12-22 18:56:38 +04003094use the following options to set up a netcat redirector to allow
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003095telnet on port 5555 to access the QEMU port.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003096@table @code
Stefan Weil071c9392012-04-07 09:23:36 +02003097@item QEMU Options:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003098-serial udp::4555@@:4556
3099@item netcat options:
3100-u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
3101@item telnet options:
3102localhost 5555
3103@end table
3104
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003105@item tcp:[@var{host}]:@var{port}[,@var{server}][,nowait][,nodelay][,reconnect=@var{seconds}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003106The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the serial
3107I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a location. By default
3108the TCP Net Console is sent to @var{host} at the @var{port}. If you use
3109the @var{server} option QEMU will wait for a client socket application
3110to connect to the port before continuing, unless the @code{nowait}
3111option was specified. The @code{nodelay} option disables the Nagle buffering
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003112algorithm. The @code{reconnect} option only applies if @var{noserver} is
3113set, if the connection goes down it will attempt to reconnect at the
3114given interval. If @var{host} is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003115one TCP connection at a time is accepted. You can use @code{telnet} to
3116connect to the corresponding character device.
3117@table @code
3118@item Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444
3119-serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
3120@item Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection
3121-serial tcp::4444,server
3122@item Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444
3123-serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server,nowait
3124@end table
3125
3126@item telnet:@var{host}:@var{port}[,server][,nowait][,nodelay]
3127The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The options
3128work the same as if you had specified @code{-serial tcp}. The
3129difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or client using
3130telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you to send the
3131MAGIC_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that supports sending the break
3132sequence. Typically in unix telnet you do it with Control-] and then
3133type "send break" followed by pressing the enter key.
3134
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03003135@item websocket:@var{host}:@var{port},server[,nowait][,nodelay]
3136The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The port acts as
3137a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
3138
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003139@item unix:@var{path}[,server][,nowait][,reconnect=@var{seconds}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003140A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option works the
3141same as if you had specified @code{-serial tcp} except the unix domain socket
3142@var{path} is used for connections.
3143
3144@item mon:@var{dev_string}
3145This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed onto
3146another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key sequence of
Paolo Bonzini02c4bdf2013-07-03 20:29:45 +04003147@key{Control-a} and then pressing @key{c}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003148@var{dev_string} should be any one of the serial devices specified
3149above. An example to multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server
3150listening on port 4444 would be:
3151@table @code
3152@item -serial mon:telnet::4444,server,nowait
3153@end table
Michael Tokarevbe022d62013-07-11 12:55:50 +04003154When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C will not terminate
3155QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest instead.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003156
3157@item braille
3158Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille output on a real
3159or fake device.
3160
Kevin Wolfbe8b28a2009-10-09 10:58:37 +02003161@item msmouse
3162Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft protocol.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003163@end table
3164ETEXI
3165
3166DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003167 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
3168 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003169STEXI
3170@item -parallel @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003171@findex -parallel
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003172Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device @var{dev} (same
3173devices as the serial port). On Linux hosts, @file{/dev/parportN} can
3174be used to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host
3175parallel port.
3176
3177This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
3178ports.
3179
3180Use @code{-parallel none} to disable all parallel ports.
3181ETEXI
3182
3183DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003184 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
3185 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003186STEXI
Gerd Hoffmann4e307fc2009-12-08 13:11:37 +01003187@item -monitor @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003188@findex -monitor
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003189Redirect the monitor to host device @var{dev} (same devices as the
3190serial port).
3191The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and @code{stdio} in
3192non graphical mode.
Luiz Capitulino70e098a2013-05-16 12:02:55 -04003193Use @code{-monitor none} to disable the default monitor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003194ETEXI
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01003195DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003196 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
3197 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003198STEXI
3199@item -qmp @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003200@findex -qmp
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003201Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
3202ETEXI
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01003203DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
3204 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
3205 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3206STEXI
3207@item -qmp-pretty @var{dev}
3208@findex -qmp-pretty
3209Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
3210ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003211
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003212DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003213 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003214STEXI
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003215@item -mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003216@findex -mon
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003217Setup monitor on chardev @var{name}. @code{pretty} turns on JSON pretty printing
3218easing human reading and debugging.
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003219ETEXI
3220
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003221DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003222 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
3223 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003224STEXI
3225@item -debugcon @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003226@findex -debugcon
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003227Redirect the debug console to host device @var{dev} (same devices as the
3228serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically port
32290xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device.
3230The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and @code{stdio} in
3231non graphical mode.
3232ETEXI
3233
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003234DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003235 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003236STEXI
3237@item -pidfile @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003238@findex -pidfile
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003239Store the QEMU process PID in @var{file}. It is useful if you launch QEMU
3240from a script.
3241ETEXI
3242
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003243DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003244 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003245STEXI
3246@item -singlestep
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003247@findex -singlestep
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003248Run the emulation in single step mode.
3249ETEXI
3250
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003251DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003252 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003253 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3254STEXI
3255@item --preconfig
3256@findex --preconfig
3257Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is created,
3258which allows querying and configuring properties that will affect
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003259machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to exit
3260the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest if -S
3261isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This option is
3262experimental.
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003263ETEXI
3264
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003265DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003266 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
3267 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003268STEXI
3269@item -S
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003270@findex -S
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003271Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
3272ETEXI
3273
Satoru Moriya888a6bc2013-04-19 16:42:06 +02003274DEF("realtime", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_realtime,
3275 "-realtime [mlock=on|off]\n"
3276 " run qemu with realtime features\n"
3277 " mlock=on|off controls mlock support (default: on)\n",
3278 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3279STEXI
3280@item -realtime mlock=on|off
3281@findex -realtime
3282Run qemu with realtime features.
3283mlocking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via @option{mlock=on}
3284(enabled by default).
3285ETEXI
3286
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003287DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02003288 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003289 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
3290 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
3291 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
3292 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3293STEXI
3294@item -overcommit mem-lock=on|off
3295@item -overcommit cpu-pm=on|off
3296@findex -overcommit
3297Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
3298to assume that host overcommits all resources.
3299
3300Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via @option{mem-lock=on} (disabled
3301by default). This works when host memory is not overcommitted and reduces the
3302worst-case latency for guest. This is equivalent to @option{realtime}.
3303
3304Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency for other
3305processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for guest) can be
3306enabled via @option{cpu-pm=on} (disabled by default). This works best when
3307host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host estimates of CPU cycle and power
3308utilization will be incorrect, not taking into account guest idle time.
3309ETEXI
3310
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003311DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003312 "-gdb dev wait for gdb connection on 'dev'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003313STEXI
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003314@item -gdb @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003315@findex -gdb
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003316Wait for gdb connection on device @var{dev} (@pxref{gdb_usage}). Typical
3317connections will likely be TCP-based, but also UDP, pseudo TTY, or even
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003318stdio are reasonable use case. The latter is allowing to start QEMU from
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003319within gdb and establish the connection via a pipe:
3320@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02003321(gdb) target remote | exec qemu-system-i386 -gdb stdio ...
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003322@end example
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003323ETEXI
3324
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003325DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003326 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
3327 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003328STEXI
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003329@item -s
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003330@findex -s
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003331Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
3332(@pxref{gdb_usage}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003333ETEXI
3334
3335DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003336 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003337 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003338STEXI
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003339@item -d @var{item1}[,...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003340@findex -d
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003341Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log items.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003342ETEXI
3343
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003344DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003345 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003346 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3347STEXI
Stefan Weil8bd383b2012-05-11 22:40:50 +02003348@item -D @var{logfile}
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003349@findex -D
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003350Output log in @var{logfile} instead of to stderr
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003351ETEXI
3352
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00003353DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
3354 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
3355 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3356STEXI
3357@item -dfilter @var{range1}[,...]
3358@findex -dfilter
3359Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses. The filter
3360spec can be either @var{start}+@var{size}, @var{start}-@var{size} or
3361@var{start}..@var{end} where @var{start} @var{end} and @var{size} are the
3362addresses and sizes required. For example:
3363@example
3364 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
3365@end example
3366Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at 0x8000 and
3367the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and another 0x1000 sized
3368block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
3369ETEXI
3370
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003371DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003372 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
3373 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003374STEXI
3375@item -L @var{path}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003376@findex -L
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003377Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
Richard W.M. Jones37146e72016-05-16 17:34:35 +01003378
3379To list all the data directories, use @code{-L help}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003380ETEXI
3381
3382DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003383 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003384STEXI
3385@item -bios @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003386@findex -bios
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003387Set the filename for the BIOS.
3388ETEXI
3389
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003390DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003391 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003392STEXI
3393@item -enable-kvm
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003394@findex -enable-kvm
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003395Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only available
3396if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
3397ETEXI
3398
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003399DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003400 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003401DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
3402 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01003403 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003404 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00003405DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
3406 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
3407 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
3408 " xenpv machine type).\n",
3409 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003410STEXI
3411@item -xen-domid @var{id}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003412@findex -xen-domid
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003413Specify xen guest domain @var{id} (XEN only).
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003414@item -xen-attach
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003415@findex -xen-attach
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003416Attach to existing xen domain.
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01003417libxl will use this when starting QEMU (XEN only).
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00003418@findex -xen-domid-restrict
3419Restrict set of available xen operations to specified domain id (XEN only).
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003420ETEXI
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003421
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003422DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003423 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003424STEXI
3425@item -no-reboot
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003426@findex -no-reboot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003427Exit instead of rebooting.
3428ETEXI
3429
3430DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003431 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003432STEXI
3433@item -no-shutdown
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003434@findex -no-shutdown
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003435Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the emulation.
3436This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit changes to the
3437disk image.
3438ETEXI
3439
3440DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
3441 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003442 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
3443 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003444STEXI
3445@item -loadvm @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003446@findex -loadvm
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003447Start right away with a saved state (@code{loadvm} in monitor)
3448ETEXI
3449
3450#ifndef _WIN32
3451DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003452 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003453#endif
3454STEXI
3455@item -daemonize
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003456@findex -daemonize
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003457Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not detach from
3458standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on any of its devices.
3459This option is a useful way for external programs to launch QEMU without having
3460to cope with initialization race conditions.
3461ETEXI
3462
3463DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003464 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
3465 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003466STEXI
3467@item -option-rom @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003468@findex -option-rom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003469Load the contents of @var{file} as an option ROM.
3470This option is useful to load things like EtherBoot.
3471ETEXI
3472
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003473DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003474 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003475 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
3476 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003477
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003478STEXI
3479
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003480@item -rtc [base=utc|localtime|@var{datetime}][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003481@findex -rtc
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003482Specify @option{base} as @code{utc} or @code{localtime} to let the RTC start at the current
3483UTC or local time, respectively. @code{localtime} is required for correct date in
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003484MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a specific point in time, provide @var{datetime} in the
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003485format @code{2006-06-17T16:01:21} or @code{2006-06-17}. The default base is UTC.
3486
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04003487By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows using of the
Jan Kiszka68752042009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003488RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest, specifically if the host
3489time is smoothly following an accurate external reference clock, e.g. via NTP.
Paolo Bonzini78808142012-03-30 10:31:21 +00003490If you want to isolate the guest time from the host, you can set @option{clock}
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003491to @code{rt} instead, which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it.
3492To even prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set @option{clock}
3493to @code{vm} (virtual clock). @samp{clock=vm} is recommended especially in
3494icount mode in order to preserve determinism; however, note that in icount mode
3495the speed of the virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the
3496host clock.
Jan Kiszka68752042009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003497
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003498Enable @option{driftfix} (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift problems,
3499specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try to figure out how
3500many timer interrupts were not processed by the Windows guest and will
3501re-inject them.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003502ETEXI
3503
3504DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003505 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00003506 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003507 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
3508 " or disable real time cpu sleeping\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003509STEXI
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003510@item -icount [shift=@var{N}|auto][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=@var{filename},rrsnapshot=@var{snapshot}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003511@findex -icount
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003512Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003513instruction every 2^@var{N} ns of virtual time. If @code{auto} is specified
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003514then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep virtual
3515time within a few seconds of real time.
3516
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003517When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at default
Pranith Kumar778d9f92016-02-26 10:16:51 -05003518speed unless @option{sleep=on|off} is specified.
3519With @option{sleep=on|off}, the virtual time will jump to the next timer deadline
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003520instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and will not advance
3521if no timer is enabled. This behavior give deterministic execution times from
3522the guest point of view.
3523
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003524Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does not
3525provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain superscalar out of
3526order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The number of instructions
3527executed often has little or no correlation with actual performance.
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003528
Daniel P. Berrangeb6af0972015-08-26 12:17:13 +01003529@option{align=on} will activate the delay algorithm which will try
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003530to synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
3531have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift option.
3532Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
Michael Tokarev82597612015-04-27 11:12:49 +03003533@option{align=on} is specified then we print a message to the user
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003534to inform about the delay.
3535Currently this option does not work when @option{shift} is @code{auto}.
3536Note: The sync algorithm will work for those shift values for which
3537the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock. Typically this happens
3538when the shift value is high (how high depends on the host machine).
Pavel Dovgalyuk4c27b852015-09-17 19:25:18 +03003539
3540When @option{rr} option is specified deterministic record/replay is enabled.
3541Replay log is written into @var{filename} file in record mode and
3542read from this file in replay mode.
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003543
3544Option rrsnapshot is used to create new vm snapshot named @var{snapshot}
3545at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option is used
3546to load the initial VM state.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003547ETEXI
3548
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003549DEF("watchdog", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog, \
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003550 "-watchdog model\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003551 " enable virtual hardware watchdog [default=none]\n",
3552 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003553STEXI
3554@item -watchdog @var{model}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003555@findex -watchdog
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003556Create a virtual hardware watchdog device. Once enabled (by a guest
3557action), the watchdog must be periodically polled by an agent inside
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003558the guest or else the guest will be restarted. Choose a model for
3559which your guest has drivers.
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003560
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003561The @var{model} is the model of hardware watchdog to emulate. Use
3562@code{-watchdog help} to list available hardware models. Only one
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003563watchdog can be enabled for a guest.
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003564
3565The following models may be available:
3566@table @option
3567@item ib700
3568iBASE 700 is a very simple ISA watchdog with a single timer.
3569@item i6300esb
3570Intel 6300ESB I/O controller hub is a much more featureful PCI-based
3571dual-timer watchdog.
Xu Wang188f24c2015-02-05 18:28:32 +08003572@item diag288
3573A virtual watchdog for s390x backed by the diagnose 288 hypercall
3574(currently KVM only).
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003575@end table
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003576ETEXI
3577
3578DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02003579 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003580 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
3581 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003582STEXI
3583@item -watchdog-action @var{action}
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01003584@findex -watchdog-action
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003585
3586The @var{action} controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
3587expires.
3588The default is
3589@code{reset} (forcefully reset the guest).
3590Other possible actions are:
3591@code{shutdown} (attempt to gracefully shutdown the guest),
3592@code{poweroff} (forcefully poweroff the guest),
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02003593@code{inject-nmi} (inject a NMI into the guest),
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003594@code{pause} (pause the guest),
3595@code{debug} (print a debug message and continue), or
3596@code{none} (do nothing).
3597
3598Note that the @code{shutdown} action requires that the guest responds
3599to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
3600situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
3601@code{-watchdog-action shutdown} is not recommended for production use.
3602
3603Examples:
3604
3605@table @code
3606@item -watchdog i6300esb -watchdog-action pause
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003607@itemx -watchdog ib700
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003608@end table
3609ETEXI
3610
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003611DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003612 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
3613 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003614STEXI
3615
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003616@item -echr @var{numeric_ascii_value}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003617@findex -echr
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003618Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when using
3619monitor and serial sharing. The default is @code{0x01} when using the
3620@code{-nographic} option. @code{0x01} is equal to pressing
3621@code{Control-a}. You can select a different character from the ascii
3622control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z. For
3623instance you could use the either of the following to change the escape
3624character to Control-t.
3625@table @code
3626@item -echr 0x14
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003627@itemx -echr 20
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003628@end table
3629ETEXI
3630
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003631DEF("show-cursor", 0, QEMU_OPTION_show_cursor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003632 "-show-cursor show cursor\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003633STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003634@item -show-cursor
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003635@findex -show-cursor
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003636Show cursor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003637ETEXI
3638
3639DEF("tb-size", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tb_size, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003640 "-tb-size n set TB size\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003641STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003642@item -tb-size @var{n}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003643@findex -tb-size
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003644Set TB size.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003645ETEXI
3646
3647DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003648 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \
3649 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \
3650 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
3651 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
3652 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
3653 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
3654 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
3655 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01003656 " or from given external command\n" \
3657 "-incoming defer\n" \
3658 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003659 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003660STEXI
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003661@item -incoming tcp:[@var{host}]:@var{port}[,to=@var{maxport}][,ipv4][,ipv6]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003662@itemx -incoming rdma:@var{host}:@var{port}[,ipv4][,ipv6]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003663@findex -incoming
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003664Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
3665
3666@item -incoming unix:@var{socketpath}
3667Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
3668
3669@item -incoming fd:@var{fd}
3670Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
3671
3672@item -incoming exec:@var{cmdline}
3673Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external command.
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01003674
3675@item -incoming defer
3676Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming. The monitor can
3677be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior to issuing
3678the migrate_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003679ETEXI
3680
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05303681DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
3682 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3683STEXI
3684@item -only-migratable
3685@findex -only-migratable
3686Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter an
3687unmigratable state.
3688ETEXI
3689
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01003690DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003691 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01003692STEXI
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01003693@item -nodefaults
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003694@findex -nodefaults
Michal Novotny66c19bf2012-07-16 14:35:10 +02003695Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default devices like serial
3696port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor device, VGA adapter, floppy and
3697CD-ROM drive and others. The @code{-nodefaults} option will disable all those
3698default devices.
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01003699ETEXI
3700
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003701#ifndef _WIN32
3702DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003703 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
3704 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003705#endif
3706STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003707@item -chroot @var{dir}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003708@findex -chroot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003709Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
3710directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
3711ETEXI
3712
3713#ifndef _WIN32
3714DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01003715 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
3716 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003717 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003718#endif
3719STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003720@item -runas @var{user}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003721@findex -runas
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003722Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges, switching
3723to the specified user.
3724ETEXI
3725
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003726DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
3727 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003728 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
3729 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003730STEXI
3731@item -prom-env @var{variable}=@var{value}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003732@findex -prom-env
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003733Set OpenBIOS nvram @var{variable} to given @var{value} (PPC, SPARC only).
3734ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003735DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02003736 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01003737 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
3738 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003739STEXI
3740@item -semihosting
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003741@findex -semihosting
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01003742Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS only).
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00003743ETEXI
3744DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01003745 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
3746 " semihosting configuration\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01003747QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
3748QEMU_ARCH_MIPS)
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00003749STEXI
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01003750@item -semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,arg=str[,...]]
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00003751@findex -semihosting-config
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01003752Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS only).
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01003753@table @option
3754@item target=@code{native|gdb|auto}
3755Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU (@code{native})
3756or to GDB (@code{gdb}). The default is @code{auto}, which means @code{gdb}
3757during debug sessions and @code{native} otherwise.
3758@item arg=@var{str1},arg=@var{str2},...
3759Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used multiple times to build
3760up a list. The old-style @code{-kernel}/@code{-append} method of passing a
3761command line is still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
3762@code{--semihosting-config arg} and the @code{-kernel}/@code{-append} are
3763specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always takes precedence.
3764@end table
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003765ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003766DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003767 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003768STEXI
3769@item -old-param
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003770@findex -old-param (ARM)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003771Old param mode (ARM only).
3772ETEXI
3773
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03003774DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01003775 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01003776 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01003777 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
3778 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
3779 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01003780 " C library implementations.\n" \
3781 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny QEMU process to elevate\n" \
3782 " its privileges by blacklisting all set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
3783 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01003784 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
3785 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01003786 " blacklisting *fork and execve\n" \
3787 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03003788 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3789STEXI
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01003790@item -sandbox @var{arg}[,obsolete=@var{string}][,elevateprivileges=@var{string}][,spawn=@var{string}][,resourcecontrol=@var{string}]
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03003791@findex -sandbox
3792Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall filtering and 'off' will
3793disable it. The default is 'off'.
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01003794@table @option
3795@item obsolete=@var{string}
3796Enable Obsolete system calls
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01003797@item elevateprivileges=@var{string}
3798Disable set*uid|gid system calls
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01003799@item spawn=@var{string}
3800Disable *fork and execve
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01003801@item resourcecontrol=@var{string}
3802Disable process affinity and schedular priority
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01003803@end table
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03003804ETEXI
3805
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02003806DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003807 "-readconfig <file>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01003808STEXI
3809@item -readconfig @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003810@findex -readconfig
Michal Novotnyed24cfa2012-07-16 14:28:32 +02003811Read device configuration from @var{file}. This approach is useful when you want to spawn
3812QEMU process with many command line options but you don't want to exceed the command line
3813character limit.
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01003814ETEXI
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02003815DEF("writeconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_writeconfig,
3816 "-writeconfig <file>\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003817 " read/write config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01003818STEXI
3819@item -writeconfig @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003820@findex -writeconfig
Michal Novotnyed24cfa2012-07-16 14:28:32 +02003821Write device configuration to @var{file}. The @var{file} can be either filename to save
3822command line and device configuration into file or dash @code{-}) character to print the
3823output to stdout. This can be later used as input file for @code{-readconfig} option.
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01003824ETEXI
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02003825
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03003826DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
3827 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03003828 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03003829 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3830STEXI
3831@item -no-user-config
3832@findex -no-user-config
3833The @code{-no-user-config} option makes QEMU not load any of the user-provided
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03003834config files on @var{sysconfdir}.
Anthony Liguori292444c2010-01-21 10:57:58 -06003835ETEXI
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02003836
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01003837DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03003838 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
LluĂ­s23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02003839 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01003840 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3841STEXI
LluĂ­s23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02003842HXCOMM This line is not accurate, as some sub-options are backend-specific but
3843HXCOMM HX does not support conditional compilation of text.
Denis V. Luneve370ad92016-06-17 17:44:08 +03003844@item -trace [[enable=]@var{pattern}][,events=@var{file}][,file=@var{file}]
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01003845@findex -trace
Denis V. Luneveeb2b8f2016-06-17 17:44:09 +03003846@include qemu-option-trace.texi
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01003847ETEXI
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01003848
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01003849HXCOMM Internal use
3850DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3851DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02003852
Paul Moore0f669982012-08-03 14:39:21 -04003853#ifdef __linux__
3854DEF("enable-fips", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enablefips,
3855 "-enable-fips enable FIPS 140-2 compliance\n",
3856 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3857#endif
3858STEXI
3859@item -enable-fips
3860@findex -enable-fips
3861Enable FIPS 140-2 compliance mode.
3862ETEXI
3863
Jan Kiszkaa0dac022012-10-05 14:51:45 -03003864HXCOMM Deprecated by -machine accel=tcg property
Bruce Rogersc6e88b32012-11-20 07:11:21 -07003865DEF("no-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_kvm, "", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Jan Kiszkaa0dac022012-10-05 14:51:45 -03003866
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04003867DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
3868 "-msg timestamp[=on|off]\n"
3869 " change the format of messages\n"
3870 " on|off controls leading timestamps (default:on)\n",
3871 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3872STEXI
3873@item -msg timestamp[=on|off]
3874@findex -msg
3875prepend a timestamp to each log message.(default:on)
3876ETEXI
3877
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05303878DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
3879 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
3880 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
3881 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
3882 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02003883 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05303884 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3885STEXI
3886@item -dump-vmstate @var{file}
3887@findex -dump-vmstate
3888Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to file
3889in @var{file}
3890ETEXI
3891
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04003892DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
3893 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
3894 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
3895 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3896STEXI
3897@item -enable-sync-profile
3898@findex -enable-sync-profile
3899Enable synchronization profiling.
3900ETEXI
3901
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01003902STEXI
3903@end table
3904ETEXI
3905DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003906
3907DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01003908STEXI
3909@table @option
3910ETEXI
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01003911
3912DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
3913 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
3914 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
3915 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
3916 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
3917 " '/objects' path.\n",
3918 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3919STEXI
3920@item -object @var{typename}[,@var{prop1}=@var{value1},...]
3921@findex -object
3922Create a new object of type @var{typename} setting properties
3923in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'
3924property must be set. These objects are placed in the
3925'/objects' path.
3926
3927@table @option
3928
Haozhong Zhang98376842017-12-11 15:28:04 +08003929@item -object memory-backend-file,id=@var{id},size=@var{size},mem-path=@var{dir},share=@var{on|off},discard-data=@var{on|off},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave},align=@var{align}
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01003930
3931Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00003932the guest RAM with huge pages.
3933
3934The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
3935memory region when configuring the @option{-numa} argument.
3936
3937The @option{size} option provides the size of the memory region, and accepts
3938common suffixes, eg @option{500M}.
3939
3940The @option{mem-path} provides the path to either a shared memory or huge page
3941filesystem mount.
3942
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01003943The @option{share} boolean option determines whether the memory
3944region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter allows
3945a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory region.
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00003946
Marcel Apfelbaum06329cc2017-12-13 16:37:37 +02003947The @option{share} is also required for pvrdma devices due to
3948limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
3949
3950Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
3951bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
3952Documentation/vm/numa_memory_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
3953source tree for additional details.
3954
Eduardo Habkost11ae6ed2017-08-24 16:23:15 -03003955Setting the @option{discard-data} boolean option to @var{on}
3956indicates that file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits,
3957to avoid unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note
3958that @option{discard-data} is only an optimization, and QEMU
3959might not discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is
3960terminated using SIGKILL.
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01003961
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00003962The @option{merge} boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
3963MADV_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider the pages for
3964memory deduplication.
3965
3966Setting the @option{dump} boolean option to @var{off} excludes the memory from
3967core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV_DONTDUMP.
3968
3969The @option{prealloc} boolean option enables memory preallocation.
3970
3971The @option{host-nodes} option binds the memory range to a list of NUMA host
3972nodes.
3973
3974The @option{policy} option sets the NUMA policy to one of the following values:
3975
3976@table @option
3977@item @var{default}
3978default host policy
3979
3980@item @var{preferred}
3981prefer the given host node list for allocation
3982
3983@item @var{bind}
3984restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
3985
3986@item @var{interleave}
3987interleave memory allocations across the given host node list
3988@end table
3989
Haozhong Zhang98376842017-12-11 15:28:04 +08003990The @option{align} option specifies the base address alignment when
3991QEMU mmap(2) @option{mem-path}, and accepts common suffixes, eg
3992@option{2M}. Some backend store specified by @option{mem-path}
3993requires an alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg
3994the device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
3995such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this option.
3996
Junyan Hea4de8552018-07-18 15:48:00 +08003997The @option{pmem} option specifies whether the backing file specified
3998by @option{mem-path} is in host persistent memory that can be accessed
3999using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel NVDIMM).
4000If @option{pmem} is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary operations to
4001guarantee the persistence of its own writes to @option{mem-path}
4002(e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live migration).
4003
Marcel Apfelbaum06329cc2017-12-13 16:37:37 +02004004@item -object memory-backend-ram,id=@var{id},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},share=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},size=@var{size},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave}
Stefan Hajnoczicd194912017-11-28 16:15:29 +00004005
4006Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the guest RAM.
4007Memory backend objects offer more control than the @option{-m} option that is
4008traditionally used to define guest RAM. Please refer to
4009@option{memory-backend-file} for a description of the options.
4010
Marc-André Lureau36ea3972018-08-28 17:38:40 +02004011@item -object memory-backend-memfd,id=@var{id},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},share=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},size=@var{size},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave},seal=@var{on|off},hugetlb=@var{on|off},hugetlbsize=@var{size}
Marc-André Lureaudbb9e0f2018-02-01 14:27:54 +01004012
4013Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows QEMU to
4014share the memory with an external process (e.g. when using
4015vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and optional
4016sealing. (Linux only)
4017
4018The @option{seal} option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4019further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4020
4021The @option{hugetlb} option specify the file to be created resides in
4022the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction with
4023the @option{hugetlb} option, the @option{hugetlbsize} option specify
4024the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb page
4025sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the system).
4026
4027In some versions of Linux, the @option{hugetlb} option is incompatible
4028with the @option{seal} option (requires at least Linux 4.16).
4029
4030Please refer to @option{memory-backend-file} for a description of the
4031other options.
4032
Marc-André Lureau36ea3972018-08-28 17:38:40 +02004033The @option{share} boolean option is @var{on} by default with memfd.
4034
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004035@item -object rng-random,id=@var{id},filename=@var{/dev/random}
4036
4037Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4038a device on the host. The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that
4039will be used to reference this entropy backend from the @option{virtio-rng}
4040device. The @option{filename} parameter specifies which file to obtain
4041entropy from and if omitted defaults to @option{/dev/random}.
4042
4043@item -object rng-egd,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{chardevid}
4044
4045Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4046an external daemon running on the host. The @option{id} parameter is
4047a unique ID that will be used to reference this entropy backend from
4048the @option{virtio-rng} device. The @option{chardev} parameter is
4049the unique ID of a character device backend that provides the connection
4050to the RNG daemon.
4051
Daniel P. Berrangee00adf62015-03-13 17:39:26 +00004052@item -object tls-creds-anon,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/cred/dir},verify-peer=@var{on|off}
4053
4054Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to provide
4055TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4056ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4057@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4058on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4059acting as a client or as a server. If @option{verify-peer} is enabled
4060(the default) then once the handshake is completed, the peer credentials
4061will be verified, though this is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
4062
4063The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential
4064files. For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4065@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4066for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4067a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4068expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4069recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4070upfront and saved.
4071
Richard W.M. Jonese1a6dc92018-07-03 09:03:03 +01004072@item -object tls-creds-psk,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/keys/dir}[,username=@var{username}]
4073
4074Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which can be used to provide
4075TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4076ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4077@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4078on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4079acting as a client or as a server. For clients only, @option{username}
4080is the username which will be sent to the server. If omitted
4081it defaults to ``qemu''.
4082
4083The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file.
4084It is called ``@var{dir}/keys.psk'' and contains ``username:key''
4085pairs. This file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS
4086@code{psktool} program.
4087
4088For server endpoints, @var{dir} may also contain a file
4089@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4090for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4091a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4092expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4093recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4094up front and saved.
4095
Christophe Fergeau00e5e9d2017-12-08 15:14:30 +01004096@item -object tls-creds-x509,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/cred/dir},priority=@var{priority},verify-peer=@var{on|off},passwordid=@var{id}
Daniel P. Berrange85bcbc72015-03-13 17:39:26 +00004097
4098Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to provide
4099TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4100ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4101@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4102on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4103acting as a client or as a server. If @option{verify-peer} is enabled
4104(the default) then once the handshake is completed, the peer credentials
4105will be verified. With x509 certificates, this implies that the clients
4106must be provided with valid client certificates too.
4107
4108The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential
4109files. For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4110@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4111for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4112a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4113expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4114recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4115upfront and saved.
4116
4117For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain further files
4118providing the x509 certificates. The certificates must be stored
4119in PEM format, in filenames @var{ca-cert.pem}, @var{ca-crl.pem} (optional),
4120@var{server-cert.pem} (only servers), @var{server-key.pem} (only servers),
4121@var{client-cert.pem} (only clients), and @var{client-key.pem} (only clients).
4122
Daniel P. Berrange1d7b5b42015-10-15 16:14:42 +01004123For the @var{server-key.pem} and @var{client-key.pem} files which
4124contain sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
4125version by providing the @var{passwordid} parameter. This provides
4126the ID of a previously created @code{secret} object containing the
4127password for decryption.
4128
Christophe Fergeau00e5e9d2017-12-08 15:14:30 +01004129The @var{priority} parameter allows to override the global default
4130priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system administrator
4131needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for QEMU without
4132potentially forcing the weakness onto all applications. Or conversely
4133if one wants wants a stronger default for QEMU than for all other
4134applications, they can do this through this parameter. Its format is
4135a gnutls priority string as described at
4136@url{https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html}.
4137
zhanghailiang338d3f42016-03-01 13:37:02 +08004138@item -object filter-buffer,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},interval=@var{t}[,queue=@var{all|rx|tx}][,status=@var{on|off}]
Yang Hongyang7dbb11c2015-10-07 11:52:21 +08004139
4140Interval @var{t} can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery: all
4141packets arriving in a given interval on netdev @var{netdevid} are delayed
4142until the end of the interval. Interval is in microseconds.
zhanghailiang338d3f42016-03-01 13:37:02 +08004143@option{status} is optional that indicate whether the netfilter is
4144on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status for netfilter will be 'on'.
Yang Hongyang7dbb11c2015-10-07 11:52:21 +08004145
4146queue @var{all|rx|tx} is an option that can be applied to any netfilter.
4147
4148@option{all}: the filter is attached both to the receive and the transmit
4149 queue of the netdev (default).
4150
4151@option{rx}: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the netdev,
4152 where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
4153
4154@option{tx}: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the netdev,
4155 where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
4156
Zhang Chene2521f02017-07-04 14:53:48 +08004157@item -object filter-mirror,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chenf6d3afb2016-03-15 15:41:33 +08004158
Zhang Chene2521f02017-07-04 14:53:48 +08004159filter-mirror on netdev @var{netdevid},mirror net packet to chardev@var{chardevid}, if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chenf6d3afb2016-03-15 15:41:33 +08004160
Zhang Chen00d5c242017-07-04 14:53:49 +08004161@item -object filter-redirector,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},indev=@var{chardevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chend46f75b2016-03-17 16:16:26 +08004162
4163filter-redirector on netdev @var{netdevid},redirect filter's net packet to chardev
Zhang Chen00d5c242017-07-04 14:53:49 +08004164@var{chardevid},and redirect indev's packet to filter.if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag,
4165filter-redirector will redirect packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chend46f75b2016-03-17 16:16:26 +08004166Create a filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id can not
4167be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at least one of indev or outdev
4168need to be specified.
4169
Zhang Chen4b39bdc2017-07-04 14:53:55 +08004170@item -object filter-rewriter,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx},[vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chene6eee8a2016-09-27 10:22:32 +08004171
4172Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp packet to
4173secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp connection,and rewrite
4174tcp packet to primary from secondary make tcp packet can be handled by
Zhang Chen4b39bdc2017-07-04 14:53:55 +08004175client.if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
Zhang Chene6eee8a2016-09-27 10:22:32 +08004176
4177usage:
4178colo secondary:
4179-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4180-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4181-object filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
4182
Changlong Xiec551cd52016-10-11 13:28:32 +08004183@item -object filter-dump,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{dev}[,file=@var{filename}][,maxlen=@var{len}]
Thomas Huthd3e0c032015-10-13 12:40:02 +02004184
4185Dump the network traffic on netdev @var{dev} to the file specified by
4186@var{filename}. At most @var{len} bytes (64k by default) per packet are stored.
4187The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with tools such as tcpdump
4188or Wireshark.
4189
Zhang Chenaa3a7032017-07-04 14:53:52 +08004190@item -object colo-compare,id=@var{id},primary_in=@var{chardevid},secondary_in=@var{chardevid},outdev=@var{chardevid}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004191
4192Colo-compare gets packet from primary_in@var{chardevid} and secondary_in@var{chardevid}, than compare primary packet with
4193secondary packet. If the packets are same, we will output primary
4194packet to outdev@var{chardevid}, else we will notify colo-frame
4195do checkpoint and send primary packet to outdev@var{chardevid}.
Zhang Chenaa3a7032017-07-04 14:53:52 +08004196if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004197
4198we must use it with the help of filter-mirror and filter-redirector.
4199
4200@example
4201
4202primary:
4203-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4204-device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4205-chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server,nowait
4206-chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server,nowait
4207-chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server,nowait
4208-chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
4209-chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server,nowait
4210-chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
4211-object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
4212-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
4213-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
4214-object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0
4215
4216secondary:
4217-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4218-device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4219-chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
4220-chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
4221-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4222-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4223
4224@end example
4225
4226If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can read
4227the colo-compare git log.
4228
Gonglei1653a5f2016-10-28 16:33:23 +08004229@item -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=@var{id}[,queues=@var{queues}]
4230
4231Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
4232the QEMU cipher APIS. The @var{id} parameter is
4233a unique ID that will be used to reference this cryptodev backend from
4234the @option{virtio-crypto} device. The @var{queues} parameter is optional,
4235which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default of
4236@var{queues} is 1.
4237
4238@example
4239
4240 # qemu-system-x86_64 \
4241 [...] \
4242 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \
4243 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \
4244 [...]
4245@end example
4246
Gonglei042cea22018-03-01 21:46:28 +08004247@item -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{chardevid}[,queues=@var{queues}]
4248
4249Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev @var{chardevid}.
4250The @var{id} parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4251cryptodev backend from the @option{virtio-crypto} device.
4252The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses
4253a specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement messages
4254to an application on the other end of the socket.
4255The @var{queues} parameter is optional, which specify the queue number
4256of cryptodev backend for multiqueue vhost-user, the default of @var{queues} is 1.
4257
4258@example
4259
4260 # qemu-system-x86_64 \
4261 [...] \
4262 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \
4263 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \
4264 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \
4265 [...]
4266@end example
4267
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004268@item -object secret,id=@var{id},data=@var{string},format=@var{raw|base64}[,keyid=@var{secretid},iv=@var{string}]
4269@item -object secret,id=@var{id},file=@var{filename},format=@var{raw|base64}[,keyid=@var{secretid},iv=@var{string}]
4270
4271Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some other sensitive
4272data. The sensitive data can either be passed directly via the @var{data}
4273parameter, or indirectly via the @var{file} parameter. Using the @var{data}
4274parameter is insecure unless the sensitive data is encrypted.
4275
4276The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default), or base64.
4277When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports valid UTF-8 characters,
4278so base64 is recommended for sending binary data. QEMU will convert from
4279which ever format is provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an
4280RBD password can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
4281encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
4282
4283For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data associated with
4284a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of encryption is indicated
4285by providing the @var{keyid} and @var{iv} parameters. The @var{keyid}
4286parameter provides the ID of a previously defined secret that contains
4287the AES-256 decryption key. This key should be 32-bytes long and be
4288base64 encoded. The @var{iv} parameter provides the random initialization
4289vector used for encryption of this particular secret and should be a
Daniel P. Berrange69c0b272016-04-04 10:33:55 +01004290base64 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004291
4292The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
4293
4294@example
4295
4296 # $QEMU -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
4297
4298@end example
4299
4300The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
4301
Eric Blakeb43671f2017-07-03 13:09:50 -05004302 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004303 # $QEMU -object secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
4304
4305For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate usage,
4306consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt the data. Note
4307that when encrypting, the plaintext must be padded to the cipher block
4308size (32 bytes) using the standard PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
4309
4310First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
4311
4312@example
4313 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
4314 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4315@end example
4316
4317Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random initialization vector
4318generated. These do not need to be kept secret
4319
4320@example
4321 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
4322 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4323@end example
4324
4325The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case we're
4326telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could be left
4327as raw bytes if desired.
4328
4329@example
Eric Blakeb43671f2017-07-03 13:09:50 -05004330 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004331 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
4332@end example
4333
4334When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to @code{key.b64}
4335and specify that to be used to decrypt the user password. Pass the
4336contents of @code{iv.b64} to the second secret
4337
4338@example
4339 # $QEMU \
4340 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \
4341 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\
4342 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
4343@end example
4344
Brijesh Singha9b49422018-03-08 06:48:41 -06004345@item -object sev-guest,id=@var{id},cbitpos=@var{cbitpos},reduced-phys-bits=@var{val},[sev-device=@var{string},policy=@var{policy},handle=@var{handle},dh-cert-file=@var{file},session-file=@var{file}]
4346
4347Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object, which can be used
4348to provide the guest memory encryption support on AMD processors.
4349
4350When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address bit (aka the
4351C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is protected. The @option{cbitpos}
4352is used to provide the C-bit position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent
4353hence user must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
4354
4355When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in physical address space.
4356The @option{reduced-phys-bits} is used to provide the number of bits we loose in
4357physical address space. Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent.
4358On EPYC, the value should be 5.
4359
4360The @option{sev-device} provides the device file to use for communicating with
4361the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure Processor. The default device is
4362'/dev/sev'. If hardware supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are
4363created by CCP driver.
4364
4365The @option{policy} provides the guest policy to be enforced by the SEV firmware
4366and restrict what configuration and operational commands can be performed on this
4367guest by the hypervisor. The policy should be provided by the guest owner and is
4368bound to the guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the guest.
4369The default is 0.
4370
4371If guest @option{policy} allows sharing the key with another SEV guest then
4372@option{handle} can be use to provide handle of the guest from which to share
4373the key.
4374
4375The @option{dh-cert-file} and @option{session-file} provides the guest owner's
4376Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH and session parameters
4377are used for establishing a cryptographic session with the guest owner to
4378negotiate keys used for attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
4379
4380e.g to launch a SEV guest
4381@example
4382 # $QEMU \
4383 ......
4384 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \
4385 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0
4386 .....
4387
4388@end example
Daniel P. Berrangéfb5c4eb2018-05-02 15:40:33 +01004389
4390
4391@item -object authz-simple,id=@var{id},identity=@var{string}
4392
4393Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4394
4395The @option{identity} parameter is identifies the user and its format
4396depends on the network service that authorization object is associated
4397with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates, the identity must
4398be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care must be taken to escape
4399any commas in the distinguished name.
4400
4401An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished name
4402would look like:
4403@example
4404 # $QEMU \
4405 ...
4406 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \
4407 ...
4408@end example
4409
4410Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name containing
4411whitespace, and escaping of ','.
4412
Daniel P. Berrangé55d86982018-05-11 12:19:59 +01004413@item -object authz-listfile,id=@var{id},filename=@var{path},refresh=@var{yes|no}
4414
4415Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4416
4417The @option{filename} parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
4418containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
4419
4420An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might look
4421like:
4422
4423@example
4424 @{
4425 "rules": [
4426 @{ "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4427 @{ "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4428 @{ "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" @},
4429 @{ "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4430 ],
4431 "policy": "deny"
4432 @}
4433@end example
4434
4435When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules and
4436the first rule to match will have its @option{policy} value returned
4437as the result. If no rules match, then the default @option{policy}
4438value is returned.
4439
4440The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use the
4441simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be used.
4442
4443If @option{refresh} is set to true the file will be monitored
4444and automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
4445
4446As with the @code{authz-simple} object, the format of the identity
4447strings being matched depends on the network service, but is usually
4448a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
4449
4450An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
4451would look like:
4452@example
4453 # $QEMU \
4454 ...
4455 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=yes
4456 ...
4457@end example
4458
Daniel P. Berrange8953caf2016-07-27 14:13:56 +01004459@item -object authz-pam,id=@var{id},service=@var{string}
4460
4461Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4462
4463The @option{service} parameter provides the name of a PAM service to use
4464for authorization. It requires that a file @code{/etc/pam.d/@var{service}}
4465exist to provide the configuration for the @code{account} subsystem.
4466
4467An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509 distinguished
4468name would look like:
4469
4470@example
4471 # $QEMU \
4472 ...
4473 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc
4474 ...
4475@end example
4476
4477There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
4478@code{/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc} that contains:
4479
4480@example
4481account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
4482 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
4483@end example
4484
4485Finally the @code{/etc/qemu/vnc.allow} file would contain
4486the list of x509 distingished names that are permitted
4487access
4488
4489@example
4490CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
4491@end example
4492
4493
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004494@end table
4495
4496ETEXI
4497
4498
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004499HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
4500STEXI
4501@end table
4502ETEXI